hide results

    FAQ/Walkthrough by Rampidzier

    Version: 1.6 | Updated: 05/15/06 | Search Guide | Bookmark Guide

    Dynasty Warriors 5:  Xtreme Legends FAQ/Walkthrough
    By:  Robert Dohner (a.k.a. Rampidzier)
    
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  Table of Contents
                      #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
     1. Introduction....................................................5XLINTRO
        1a. Version History.............................................5XLINVER
        1b. What’s Left?................................................5XLINLEF
    
     2. General Tips....................................................5XLGTIPS
        2a. Controller Setup/Move Notations.............................5XLGTCON
        2b. General Strategies..........................................5XLGTGST
    
     3. Playable Characters.............................................5XLPCHAR
        3a. Shu Characters..............................................5XLPCSHU
        3b. Wei Characters..............................................5XLPCWEI
        3c. Wu Characters...............................................5XLPCWUC
        3d. Other Characters............................................5XLPCOTH
        3e. Edit Character Special Move Sets............................5XLPCEDI
    
     4. Legend Mode Walkthroughs........................................5XLLEGEN
        4a. Struggle for the Book.......................................5XLLMSFB
        4b. Rescue at Lou Sang Village..................................5XLLMLSV
        4c. Ou Xing’s Rebellion.........................................5XLLMOXR
        4d. The Ten Eunuchs’ Rebellion..................................5XLLMTER
        4e. Battle of Yan Province......................................5XLLMBYP
        4f. Imperial Rescue.............................................5XLLMIMP
        4g. The Two Qiaos...............................................5XLLMTTQ
        4h. Husbands and Wives..........................................5XLLMHAW
        4i. Battle of Ji Castle.........................................5XLLMBJC
        4j. Battle of Jia Meng Gate.....................................5XLLMJMG
        4k. Battle of Yang Ping Gate....................................5XLLMYPG
        4l. Battle of Ru Xu Kou.........................................5XLLMRXK
        4m. Battle of Han Shui..........................................5XLLMBHS
        4o. Battle of Mai Castle........................................5XLLMBMC
        4p. Battle of Xin Castle........................................5XLLMBXC
        4q. Battle of Shi Ting..........................................5XLLMBST
        4r. Battle of Mt. Qi............................................5XLLMBMQ
        4s. Showdown at Nan Zhong.......................................5XLLMSNZ
    
     5. Destiny Mode....................................................5XLDESTI
        5a. Skills......................................................5XLDMSKI
        5b. Unlocking Costumes..........................................5XLDMULC
    
     6. Xtreme Mode.....................................................5XLXTREM
        6a. Xtreme Mode Items...........................................5XLXMITM
        6b. Stage Descriptors...........................................5XLXMSTD
    
     7. Edit Mode.......................................................5XLEDITM
    
     8. Regular Items...................................................5XLREGIT
    
     9. Rare Items......................................................5XLRARIT
        9a. Harnesses...................................................5XLRIHAR
        9b. Orbs........................................................5XLRIORB
        9c. Old Accessories.............................................5XLRIOLD
        9d. New Accessories.............................................5XLRINEW
    
     10. Fourth Weapons.................................................5XLFWEAP
         10a. Shu Fourth Weapons........................................5XLFWSHU
         10b. Wei Fourth Weapons........................................5XLFWWEI
         10c. Wu Fourth Weapons.........................................5XLFWWUF
         10d. Other Fourth Weapons......................................5XLFWOTH
    
     11. FAQs...........................................................5XLFREQU
    
     12. Special Thanks.................................................5XLTHANK
    
     13. Contact Information and Legal Stuffies.........................5XLLEGAL
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  1. Introduction
      5XLINTRO        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    Once upon a time, in a distant land, great warriors assembled to reach a 
    common goal:  the unification of China.  These brave warriors fought many 
    battles, each for his or her beliefs.  The time period would later be called 
    the Three Kingdoms Era and the tales of these battles would be recorded in a 
    book called The Romance of the Three Kingdoms.
    
    Dynasty Warriors 5: Xtreme Legends is the latest expansion pack to the series 
    of games based on novel telling the tale of these brave warriors from China.  
    Dynasty Warriors is a beat-em up game with RPG elements.  You play as one of 
    the heroes from the Three Kingdoms Era or you can create a new character and 
    write your own history.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  1a. Version History
      5XLINVER        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    Version 0.0 (02/12/06):  This is the start of the guide.  I’m experimenting 
    with new separators.  So far, I like them.  I’m going to try to format this 
    guide better.  However, there are no guarantees that this thing will come out 
    looking good.  Anyway, I hope to complete this guide on version 1.0 and just 
    fix mistakes with the other updates.  We’ll see how that goes.
    
    Version 1.0 (02/18/06):  Finished the guide, hopefully it will be complete on 
    GameFAQs.  Most of the character section was taken from my old guide, just 
    with new formatting and mistake fixing (I made A LOT of mistakes on my old 
    guide, and I apologize for never fixing them on my old guide).  Included 
    walkthroughs for Legends mode and created a strategy guide for Destiny and 
    Xtreme Mode.  I also included a guide on how to get all the new items, all 
    the old items, and all the new ways to get the fourth weapons.
    
    Version 1.1 (03/10/06):  Sorry I did not update this guide lately.  I 
    recently moved and just now got around to getting internet hooked up to my 
    computer.  As far as updates go, I added information to the Xtreme Mode 
    section.  I’ve also started adding detailed walkthroughs for the new methods 
    of getting the fourth weapons.  I know there are some requirements missing.  
    That is because I want to test those first before I put them down.  I don’t 
    want to provide too much wrong information.  ^_~  Every fourth weapon that 
    has a walkthrough has been personally confirmed by me.  Also, I fixed some 
    requirements for items, thanks to some e-mails.
    
    Version 1.2 (03/21/06):  Added a new FAQ on fourth weapons for CAWs.  I 
    completed all of Shu’s fourth weapons.  Now, what I will do after I finish 
    all the fourth weapon strategies is add more information to Destiny and 
    Xtreme mode, add some tips to getting the new items (maybe the old ones too), 
    and then this guide will be finished.  After this, I will work on putting the 
    final touches on some of my older FAQs while I wait for Samurai Warriors 2 to 
    come out.  I will be definitely making a guide for that game.
    
    Version 1.3 (03/27/06):  Completed all of Wei’s fourth weapon strategies and 
    added some more for Wu.
    
    Version 1.4 (04/15/06):  Added some more strategies for Wu.  I plan to get 
    the rest done this weekend.  Sorry it’s been going so slow, but I needed a 
    break from Dynasty Warriors.  I plan on double checking the items next, since 
    so many people have told me that the item methods were wrong, so I’ll add 
    some strategies to those.  They won’t be as detailed as the weapons, but 
    they’ll be good enough to get the items.
    
    Version 1.5 (04/30/06):  Well, so much for plans.  Better late than never, 
    right?  I’ve been working on other projects.  All fourth weapons are done.  
    Also, I updated my FAQ section about which difficulty fourth weapons are 
    obtained on.  Apparently, I didn’t state which difficulty fourth weapons 
    could be obtained on, so it was my mistake.  But since I added it twice to 
    this FAQ, that means I won’t receive anymore e-mails about that subject, 
    right?  I included the method in getting the Shadow Harness, along with the 
    rest of the harnesses.  I’ve received a lot of e-mails about the Shadow 
    Harness also.  I just now got around to reading my e-mail, so I’m sorry if I 
    never responded.  I don’t have much time these days at all.  ~_~
    
    Version 1.6 (05/15/06):  Updated all the Dim Sum and Musou Wine locations.  
    Gotten all of the orbs and posted tips on how to get them.  I’m working on 
    the accessories right now.  There are a lot of accessories.  Updated the 
    correct method for the Way of Musou.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  1b. What’s Left?
      5XLINLEF        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    Besides that fact, here is a list of all the things I want to get done.  
    Every time I set one of these up in my guides, I get none of them done.  
    Either way, I know I’ll finish the top one.  I’ll list more when I think of 
    more things to put into this guide.
    
    A [ ] means I haven’t started it.  A [X] means I have.
    
     [X] Detailed fourth weapon walkthroughs.
     [X] Added tips for item walkthroughs.
     [ ] More in depth Destiny Mode section.
     [ ] More in depth Xtreme Mode section.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  2. General Tips
      5XLGTIPS        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    Dynasty Warriors is a series that has used a tried but true method of 
    fighting.  There is very little complexity in the button scheme.  Some people 
    may just say that the game is only button mashing, but once you learn the 
    intricacies of the charge attacks and the musou attacks, then the game 
    becomes more diverse and more enjoyable.
    
    And yes, there is a fair amount of button mashing.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  2a. Controller Setup/Move Notations
      5XLGTCON        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    This section is mainly just to overview how to play the game.  Also, this 
    section will list how I will notate moves throughout the guide.  Most of 
    these move notations are generally accepted in the Dynasty Warriors community 
    (at least accepted on the GameFAQs forums) and are not overly complicated.
    
    
    ----------------
    Controller Setup
    ----------------
    
    The basic controller setup of Dynasty Warriors is very simple.  These are the 
    controls for when you are fighting.  I really do hope you can figure out how 
    to navigate the menus on your own.
    
    Controller Pad/Left Analog Stick:  Movement
    Square:  Regular attack
    Triangle:  Charge attack
    Circle:  Musou attack
    X:  Jump
    L1:  Guard
    L2:  Display name and life
    R1:  Bow attack
    R2:  Toggle map
    R3:  Musou rage
    Start:  Pauses the game
    Select:  Change bodyguard orders
    Start + Select:  Soft reset
    
    
    --------------
    Move Notations
    --------------
    
    In this guide, I use a lot of common terms to describe attacks.  If you are 
    not really up to speed on the abbreviations I use, then here is a list of all 
    (I hope) of the terms that I will use in the guide.
    
    S:  This is the typical notation for a regular attack.  The S stands for
       square, which is what the default button for regular attacks is.  For
       example, SSSS would be hitting the square button four times.
    
    T:  This is the typical notation for a charge attack.  The T stands for
       triangle, which is what the default button for charge attacks is.  For
       example, SSST would be hitting the square button three times and then
       hitting the triangle button to perform a charge attack.
    
    C#:  This is the typical notation for describing a specific charge attack.  A
       C1 would be T.  A C2 would be ST and so on.  The C stands for Charge and
       is interchangeable.  Therefore, C1 and Charge 1 mean the same thing.
    
    Jump Charge:  This is where you hit the jump button and then hit the charge
       button in mid air.  Each character has a jump charge.
    
    Musou:  This is where you hit the circle button.  This attack can only be
       performed when your musou bar (found under the life bar) is full.  If you
       hold the circle button, you will get a longer musou attack.
    
    True Musou:  This is a special type of musou attack.  This musou attack can
       only be performed if you are in the red area on your life bar, you have
       equipped the rare item the Way of the Musou, or you are in Musou Rage
       mode.  This musou attack has a special ending attack that is unique to
       each character.
    
    Musou Rage:  Musou rage is a special fighting mode.  While in musou rage,
       your attacks become stronger, your attack speed becomes faster, your
       attacks cannot be interrupted by weak attacks, your musou bar
       automatically fills up, and you will always perform a true musou,
       regardless of life.  You can only enter musou rage mode if you have picked
       up a Musou Token.  Once you have a Musou Token, you can hit the R3 button
       to enter musou rage mode.
    
    I will include more notations as I think of them.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  2b. General Strategies
      5XLGTGST        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    This section is where I have listed very general tips.  Each new mode in DW 
    is different in how you have to play the game.  However, these tips can apply 
    to almost every part of DW5:XL.
    
    My item setup:  I personally just use the Red Hare Saddle (except for Ma
       Chao, who gets the Shadow Saddle), the Fire Orb, the Peacock Amulet, the
       Tiger Amulet, the Tortoise Amulet, Ginsing, and the Wind Scroll (except
       for Ma Chao, who gets a Horned Helmet).  I find that this is the best
       setup for me and how I play.
    
    The two parts of the game:  There are two important parts to the game:  crowd
       clearing and dueling.  You must master both in order to be good at the
       game.  Each character has moves that are good for one part and good for
       the other part.  You'd be surprised at how your strategies can change when
       facing a general in a crowd as opposed to facing a general by himself.
       Learn to master both and you will master the game.
    
    Learn to block:  There is a block button in the game for a reason.  I never 
       knew how important blocking was to the game until I played DW3:XL.  In
       that game, you either blocked or you died.  It was pretty much that
       simple.  Blocking can be very important and sometimes the difference
       between life and death.  Don’t block when you’re surrounded by people.
       Block when the crowd of people are in front of you.  Blocking can also
       leave enemies wide open.  After they are done attacking you, give them a
       dose of their own medicine.
    
    Backflips help:  If you can, learn to reflexively backflip every time you are
       knocked down.  To backflip, press L1 as soon as you hit the ground.  The
       timing is easy to get down and it helps you to get right back into the
       action.
    
    Combo up stat bonuses:  You can use the Charge 5 attacks (press square four
       times followed by triangle) to launch people into the air.  If you
       continuously do this, you will see a combo counter appear, telling you how
       many times you have hit someone consecutively.  If you kill an enemy
       general with a high combo, the stat bonus they drop will increase.  To
       make a +1 stat bonus change into a +2 stat bonus, you must perform an 8
       hit combo.  To make a +2 stat bonus change into a +4 stat bonus, you must
       perform a 16 hit combo.  To make a +4 stat bonus to change into a +8 stat
       bonus, you must perform a 24 hit combo.  The Link special ability on
       bodyguards can make the amount of hits you must perform on a general drop.
       This is really helpful in making your characters stronger.  This does not
       apply to Xtreme Mode, as you cannot combo up stat bonuses in Xtreme Mode.
    
    Fire juggling:  One of the best and fastest ways to kill an enemy general is
       to fire juggle them.  When you equip the Fire Orb, most of your charge
       attacks will have a fire element to them, including the Charge 5 attack.
       Normally, most characters have a good enough C5 attack where you can use
       the C5 and then hit them with your S string when they come down towards
       the ground, which can lead to another C5.  Most of the C5 moves in this
       game are pretty broken and can get around guards and hit multiple enemies,
       preventing some enemies from getting behind you and attacking you.  While
       the general is in the air, he will take damage as long as you keep
       juggling him, making this a useful tool when facing off with powerful
       generals.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  3. Playable Characters
      5XLPCHAR        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    There are 48 characters in DW5.  Six of these characters are making their 
    debut as being playable.  This section will have a brief history of the 
    character, their move set, a list of weapons they have, the list of stages in 
    which they appear in, and which moves are the best for which situation.  They 
    are listed as they appear on the menu in the game.  The history section is 
    based on the Romance of the Three Kingdom’s novel.  Just for the record, I 
    don’t have the entire RoTK book memorized, so the history sections may be 
    either wrong/brief/not good/combo of all three.  Also, the way they are 
    listed on the menu is based on which game they first appeared in.
    
    Both the ST and SSSST attacks send enemies into the air, allowing you to hit 
    them more times as they come down.  An SST attack is called a charge rush and 
    the move’s effect depends on how often you tap the T button.  The more times 
    you press the T button, the more times the first part of the attack happens 
    before the second part of the attack occurs.  A (T) means that triangle can 
    be pressed for additional effects.  
    
    For C1 attacks, I have classified them into the following terms:
    
    Element Projectile:  Character shoots out an orb that explodes after a short
       period of time.  The element in front of the word projectile indicates
       which element the orb has.
    Dash:  Character dashes ahead with a certain type of attack.
    Taunt:  A move that is similar to the taunt moves in DW4.  Character poses
       while a blast of white energy surround the character and damages all who
       is around him.  I finally found a good use for this:  taking generals off
       of horses.  That’s about the only good use for them.
    Special:  A special type of move that fits into no other categories.
     
    
    For jump charges, I have classified them into the following terms:
    
    Projectile:  Character shoots out a whirlwind type projectile.
    Multi-hit:  Character knocks the enemies into the air and proceeds to hit
       them multiple times in the air.
    Stomp:  Character dives towards the ground and stomps the ground, sending out
       a shockwave.
    Moving:  Character does move in mid air that covers a lot of distance
    Double:  Character has an attack that consists of two separate motions and
       attacks.
    Special:  A special type of move that fits into no other categories
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  3a. Shu Characters
      5XLPCSHU        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    --------
    Zhao Yun
    --------
    
    History:  Considered to be one of the bravest warriors for the Shu army.
       Starting off with the ruler Gongsun Zan, he would later join Liu Bei,
       finding him as a man of virtue and honor.  At the battle of Chang Ban,
       while Liu Bei flees, Zhao Yun would save his son, Ah Do, and slay many of
       Wei’s troops in the process.  Zhao Yun would fight many battles for Shu
       and was always considered to be a fierce warrior on the battlefield.  He
       is one of the Five Tiger Generals of Shu.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Dash
     ST                 A hit into the air with the butt of the spear
     SST(T)             Moves spear up and down followed by a spinning slash that
                        stuns
     SSST               A spinning slash
     SSSST              Slams his spear into the ground causing a shockwave
     SSSSST             A jumping slash
     Running Attack     A wide area spear slash
     Jump Charge        Multi-hit
     Musou              Spins around while holding his spear in a diagonal
                        position, finishing with a spinning slash
     True Musou         Spins around while holding his spear in a diagonal
                        position, finishing with a huge whirlwind that covers
                        most of the screen.
    
    Weapons:  Bronze Spear, Great Spear, Dragon Spear, Fierce Dragon
    
    
    -------
    Guan Yu
    -------
    
    History:  Called the God of War, Guan Yu is a sworn brother to Liu Bei and 
       Zhang Fei.  Guan Yu was with Liu Bei from the start and, while he spent a
       brief stay with Wei, he was one of Liu Bei’s most loyal and trusted
       allies.  He proved his valor by defeating Hua Xiong, one of Dong Zhuo’s
       most feared generals, and also two of Yuan Shao’s best generals, Yan Liang
       and Wen Chou.  Guan Yu would eventually fall fighting Wei at Fan Castle
       after being ambushed by Lu Meng and Wu.  He is one of the five Tiger
       Generals of Shu.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Dash
     ST                 A hit into the air with an upwards slash
     SST(T)             Alternating slashes diagonally upwards left and right
                        followed by a diagonally upwards slash that dizzies
     SSST               A spinning slash
     SSSST              A swing upwards causing a whirlwind
     SSSSST             A shockwave slash
     Running Attack     A wide area slash
     Jump Charge        Double (slash downwards followed by a ground stomp)
     Musou              Spins around and around with his weapon, finishing with a
                        final spinning slash
     True Musou         Spins around and around with his weapon, finishing with a
                        huge whirlwind that covers most of the screen
    
    Weapons:  Crescent Blade, Moon Blade, Blue Dragon, Blue Moon Dragon
    
    
    ---------
    Zhang Fei
    ---------
    
    History:  Sworn brother to Liu Bei and Guan Yu, Zhang Fei was a fearsome
       warrior.  A lover of drinking, he fought with his trusty spear.  At Chang
       Ban, when Liu Bei was being chased, Zhang Fei made a courageous stand at a
       bridge to give his brother a chance to escape.  It was said that at the
       bridge, his shout scared off a thousand of Cao Cao’s warriors.  He is one
       of the five Tiger Generals of Shu
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Taunt
     ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
     SST(T)             Waves his spear diagonally downwards left and right
                        followed by a shockwave that stuns
     SSST               A spinning slash
     SSSST              Jumps into the air and slams the ground, causing a
                        shockwave
     SSSSST             A ground stomp, sending out a shockwave
     Running Attack     A charging head butt
     Jump Charge        Stomp
     Musou              Waves his spear around diagonally upwards left and right,
                        finishing with a spinning slash
     True Musou         Waves his spear around diagonally upwards left and right,
                        finishing with a jumping slash upwards followed by a
                        shockwave
    
    Weapons:  Bronze Pike, Iron Pike, Serpent Blade, Viper Blade
    
    
    -----------
    Zhuge Liang
    -----------
    
    History:  Considered to be the greatest mind of the Three Kingdoms era, he 
       was called the Sleeping Dragon.  He would be honored by Liu Bei’s three
       visits to him and join his cause as the strategist.  His vision of the
       Three Kingdoms would come true.  He would help devise the strategy to set
       Cao Cao’s ships ablaze at Chi Bi and would frustrate Wu, Wei, and the
       Nanman tribal forces with his tactics and strategies.  He would die from
       exhaustion and working too hard at Wu Zhang Plains.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Light Projectile
     ST                 A hit into the air with an upward swing
     SST                A circular spell type circle thing that breaks guards and
                        stuns (this attack is NOT a multi hit attack)
     SSST               Jumps into the air and throws his fan around him
     SSSST              Creates a yellowish orb that knocks enemies into the air
     SSSSST             A multi light projectile attack
     Running Attack     Throws his fan forward
     Jump Charge        Special (a wide spreading laser beam)
     Musou              Hovers in the air and shoots multiple laser beams,
                        finishing with four consecutive laser beams
     True Musou         Hovers in the air and shoots multiple laser beams,
                        finishing with a powerful laser beam
    
    Weapons:  War Fan, Warlord Fan, White Feather, Peacock Feather
    
    
    -------
    Liu Bei
    -------
    
    History:  The leader of Shu and the sworn brother of Guan Yu and Zhang Fei.
       He would serve and assist multiple people, including Gongsun Zan, Yuan
       Shao, and Cao Cao, before finally leading a force of his own.  On the
       advice of Zhuge Liang, he would conquer the lands of Shu and would ally
       with Wu to attack Wei.  However, Wu’s ambush and execution of Guan Yu
       would cause Liu Bei to attack Wu at Yi Ling, but would he lose that
       battle.  It was said that Liu Bei died of grief after failing to avenge
       the death of his brother.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Dash (swiftly moves to the side or back of an enemy and
                        dash attacks)
     ST                 A hit into the air with an upwards slash
     SST(T)             Quick upwards left and right slashes followed by a
                        horizontal slash that dizzies
     SSST               A diagonal downwards slash
     SSSST              An upward slash creating a yellowish blast
     SSSSST             A shockwave slash
     Running attack     A diagonal downwards slash
     Jump Charge        Double (slash then shockwave)
     Musou              Slashes left and right, finishing with a quick triple
                        slash
     True Musou         Slashes left and right, finishing with a quick triple
                        slash followed by another horizontal slash followed by a
                        shockwave
    
    Weapons:  Long Sword, Imperial Sword, Gold Dragon, Gold Moon Dragon
    
    
    -------
    Ma Chao
    -------
    
    History:  From the northern plains, Ma Chao was the son of Ma Teng, a leader
       of a band of tribal warriors.  After Cao Cao murdered his father, Ma Chao
       would try to get his vengeance on Cao Cao at Tong Gate.  Eventually, he
       would join Liu Bei’s cause.  He was said to have been an expert horseback
       rider and was one of the five Tiger Generals of Shu.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Special (plants his spear into the ground and spins
                        around on it, knocking people into the air)
     ST                 A hit into the air with an upwards slash
     SST(T)             A series of fast stabs followed by a spinning slash that
                        stuns
     SSST               A long stab
     SSSST              A slash upwards, making a whirlwind appear
     SSSSST             A shockwave slash
     Running attack     Twirls his spear around in front of him
     Jump Charge        Moving (flips really fast forward with his spear out)
     Musou              Twirls his spear around alternating left and right,
                        finishing with planting his spear into the ground and
                        spinning around on it and following it with a slash
     True Musou         Twirls his spear around alternating left and right,
                        finishing by spinning around on his head and creating a
                        huge whirlwind that covers most of the screen
    
    Weapons:  Iron Spear, Stallion Spear, Silver Stallion, Stallion Fury
    
    
    -----------
    Huang Zhong
    -----------
    
    History:  One of the greatest archers of the Three Kingdoms period.  Huang
       Zhong would first serve Han Xian, but would later join Liu Bei.  Huang
       Zhong was known for both is bow and for his long, loyal service to Liu
       Bei.  He would score his greatest victory at Mt. Ding Jun, where he led
       the Shu army against Xiahou Yuan and the Wei army.  He would slice Xiahou
       Yuan in two and win the battle.  He was one of the five Tiger Generals of
       Shu.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T(T)               Special (shoots arrows over and over again)
     ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
     SST(T)             Shoots arrows over and over again followed with a
                        stronger, dizzy arrow
     SSST               A spinning, downward slash
     SSSST              Slams his sword into the ground, causing a shockwave
     SSSSST             A double spinning slash
     Running Attack     A charging stab
     Jump Charge        Special (flips in the air and shoots arrows downwards)
     Musou              Jumps and spins around with his sword out, finishing with
                        a staggering jump slash
     True Musou         Jumps and spins around with his sword out, finishing with
                        a horizontal slash followed by shooting an explosive
                        arrow at the ground
    
    Weapons:  War Sword, Veteran Sword, Sage Sword, Oracle Sword
    
    
    ---------
    Jiang Wei
    ---------
    
    History:  Zhuge Liang’s successor and greatest pupil.  Jiang Wei was
       originally with Wei, but was captured by Zhuge Liang.  Jiang Wei would
       become a student of Zhuge Liang’s and would learn the basics of tactics
       and strategy from him.  After the death of Zhuge Liang, Jiang Wei would
       take over as the strategist for Shu.  He would lead multiple attacks on
       Wei, but thanks to the lack of support from Liu Chan and the efforts of
       Wei’s Deng Ai, Jiang Wei would fail.  It is said that he died of grief
       that he was not able to live up to the legacy of Zhuge Liang.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Fire Projectile
     ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
     SST(T)             A series of hits left and right with the head and butt of
                        the spear followed by a spinning slash that dizzies
     SSST               A charge with his spear out in front
     SSSST              A spinning stab upwards with a whirlwind
     SSSSST             A dash attack followed by a slash
     Running Attack     A horizontal slash
     Jump Charge        Special (a series of stabs followed by a slash that
                        stuns)
    Musou               A series of spinning slashes with the spear out in front,
                        finishing with a horizontal slash
    True Musou          A series of spinning slashes with the spear out in front, 
                        finishing with a fireball
    
    Weapons:  Trident, Great Trident, Vapor, Blink
    
    
    -------
    Wei Yan
    -------
    
    History:  A man filled with a love for battle and war.  Wei Yan would join
       Liu Bei, entranced by his charisma.  He would faithfully serve Shu at Jie
       Ting and at Wu Zhang Plains.  However, after both Liu Bei’s and Zhuge
       Liang’s death, he would have no reason to stay with Shu.  Predicting that
       this would be the case, Zhuge Liang warned Shu that Wei Yan might revolt.
       Wei Yan would be killed by Ma Dai.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Dash (two flips)
     ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
     SST(T)             Spins around on his back with his weapon out followed
                        with a crouching slash that stuns
     SSST               A horizontal slash
     SSSST              Shoots out a horizontal whirlwind, causing enemies to fly
                        upwards
     SSSSST             Twirls his weapon around in front of him followed by a
                        spinning slash
     Running Attack     A double spinning slash
     Jump Charge        Special (spins in mid air upside down with his weapon
                        out)
     Musou              Slashes while spinning on the ground and getting up,
                        finishing with a horizontal slash
     True Musou         Slashes while spinning on the ground and getting up,
                        finishing with a spin on his head creating a giant
                        whirlwind
    
    Weapons:  Double Voulge, Strike Voulge, Double Star, Comet Strike
    
    
    ---------
    Pang Tong
    ---------
    
    History:  Called the Fledgling Phoenix.  Pang Tong was one of the strategists
       for Liu Bei.  He would assist in drawing up the plans to take over Shu.
       However, during the battle of Cheng Du, he would fall into a trap set by
       Zhang Ran and die.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Wind Projectile (wind element knocks enemies into the
                        air)
     ST                 A hit into the air by throwing his staff
     SST(T)             A series of flips followed by a weird, dizzying spinning
                        move where he ends up sitting on top of his upright staff
     SSST               Turns upside down and jumps while spinning around and
                        throwing his staff
     SSSST              Creates a green orb that knocks enemies into the air
     SSSSST             A whirlwind attack
     Running Attack     A dash attack with his staff in front
     Jump Charge        Moving (jumps onto his staff and rides it like a
                        skateboard)
     Musou              Whirlwinds, finishing with a stronger whirlwind that
                        knocks people back
     True Musou         Whirlwinds, finishing with a giant whirlwind that covers
                        most of the screen
    
    Weapons:  Vision Staff, Mirage Staff, Wind Staff, Tornado Staff
    
    
    --------
    Yue Ying
    --------
    
    History:  Wife of Zhuge Liang.  Yue Ying was said to be a very ugly woman,
       but Zhuge Liang married her for her intellect.  Was said to be very smart
       and a compliment to Zhuge Liang’s intellect.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Special (throws her spear forward)
     ST                 A hit into the air with a spinning upward slash
     SST(T)             A series of quick stabs followed by a spinning slash that
                        dizzies
     SSST               A spinning slash
     SSSST              An upward slash that creates a whirlwind
     SSSSST             A series of quick spinning slashes
     Running Attack     A horizontal slash
     Jump Charge        Multi-hit
     Musou              A series of quick spinning slashes, finishing with a
                        final spinning slash
     True Musou         A series of quick spinning slashes, finishing with a huge
                        whirlwind
    
    Weapons:  War Spear, Martial Spear, Horizon, Oblivion
    
    
    ---------
    Guan Ping
    ---------
    
    History:  Adopted son of Guan Yu.  Guan Ping would train under Guan Yu to
       become as strong as he was.  He would assist his father at countless
       battles, ending with Fan Castle.  He would help his father with the
       flooding of Fan Castle, but would later die in battle.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Special (hops into the air and slams his weapon into the
                        ground, causing a small shockwave)
     ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
     SST(T)             A series of diagonal downward slashes followed by a
                        shockwave that stuns
     SSST(T)            Multiple spinning horizontal slashes
     SSSST              A jumping upward slash that creates a whirlwind
     SSSSST             Jumps into the air and throws his weapon towards the
                        ground, causing an explosion
     Running Attack     A hopping horizontal slash
     Jump Charge        Special (spins around with his weapon out)
     Musou              Spinning horizontal slashes, finishing with a final
                        spinning horizontal slash
     True Musou         Spinning horizontal slashes, finishing with a shockwave
                        like projectile
    
    Weapons:  Iron Blade, Giant Blade, Flying Dragon, Young Dragon
    
    
    --------
    Xing Cai
    --------
    
    History:  Wife of Liu Chan.  Xing Cai was Zhang Fei’s daughter.  She would
       later marry Liu Chan, son of Liu Bei and the heir to the throne of Shu.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Special (a quick spinning jump slash that dizzies
                        enemies)
     ST                 A hit into the air with her shield
     SST(T)             A series of spinning slashes followed by a final spinning
                        slash that dizzies
     SSST(T)            A spinning slash followed by a spear throw
     SSSST              A stab with a whirlwind shooting forward that knocks
                        enemies into the air
     SSSSST             A horizontal slash
     Running Attack     A running dash followed by a shockwave
     Jump Charge        Stomp
     Musou              Knocks enemies into the air with an opening slash
                        followed by a series of slashes, finishing with a
                        spinning slash
     True Musou         Knocks enemies into the air with an opening slash
                        followed by a series of slashes, finishing with a
                        dashing, exploding stab
    
    Weapons:  Long Fork, Cobra Fork, Sacred Light, Ambition
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  3b. Wei Characters
      5XLPCWEI        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    ----------
    Xiahou Dun
    ----------
    
    History:  Cousin of Cao Cao and brother to Xiahou Yuan.  Xiahou Dun was one
       of Cao Cao’s most trusted generals from the very beginning.  He lost his
       eye in a battle against Lu Bu at Xia Pi.  He would also attempt to stop
       Guan Yu from leaving the Wei army, but ultimately fails to stop him.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T(T)               Dash (pressing T again gives an extra slash)
     ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
     SST(T)             Upward slashes followed by a jumping upward slash that
                        stuns
     SSST               A spinning slash
     SSSST              Slams his sword into the ground, causing a shockwave
     SSSSST             A double horizontal slash
     Running Attack     A jumping upward slash
     Jump Charge        Multi-hit
     Musou              A series of left and right upward slashes, finishing with
                        a horizontal slash
     True Musou         A series of left and right upward slashes, finishing with
                        a horizontal slash followed by a shockwave
    
    Weapons:  Scimitar, Great Scimitar, Kirin Blade, Kirin Fang
    
    
    --------
    Dian Wei
    --------
    
    History:  One of Cao Cao’s personal bodyguards, he was discovered by Xiahou
       Dun.  He wielded two halberds in combat, although he did use hand axes in
       one battle.  He would die at Wan Castle saving Cao Cao’s life.  It was
       said that even though he had been shot by many arrows, he still continued
       to fight bravely.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Taunt
     ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
     SST(T)             Downward slashes followed by a horizontal slash that
                        stuns
     SSST               Throws his axe like a boomerang
     SSSST              An upward slash that causes an energy type whirlwind
                        (cannot be interrupted)
     SSSSST             Slams his axe on the ground, causing a shockwave (cannot
                        be interrupted)
     Running Attack     A running head butt
     Jump Charge        Stomp
     Musou              A series of horizontal slashes and punches, finishing
                        with a spinning slash
     True Musou         A series of horizontal slashes and punches, finishing
                        with slamming his weapon into the ground, causing an
                        explosion
    
    Weapons:  Hand Axe, Strike Axe, Bull, Mad Bull
    
    
    ------
    Xu Zhu
    ------
    
    History:  One of Cao Cao’s personal bodyguards.  Xu Zhu was said to have
       strength comparable to Dian Wei.  He was called the Fierce Tiger for the
       way he fought like a tiger in battle.  At Tong Gate, he saved Cao Cao from
       Ma Chao.  He would fight for Wei even after Cao Cao’s death.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                 Taunt
     ST                A hit into the air with an upward swing
     SST(T)            A series of downward pounds followed by a dizzying
                       downward pound
     SSST              A giant homerun swing that sends enemies flying
     SSSST             Slams his weapon into the ground, causing a shockwave
     SSSSST(T)         A series of jumps followed by a jumping stomp
     Running Attack    Rolls on the ground
     Jump Charge       Double Stomp
     Musou             Spins around with his weapon out, finishing with a final
                       spin before falling on the ground
     True Musou        Spins around with his weapon out, finishing with a jumping
                       swing followed by landing onto the ground and creating a
                       shockwave
    
    Weapons:  Club, Spiked Club, Bone Crusher, Rock Crusher
    
    
    -------
    Cao Cao
    -------
    
    History:  The leader of Wei.  Cao Cao would help get rid of the Yellow
       Turbans and Dong Zhuo, but then would start to conquer the lands north.
       He would kill Ma Teng and defeat Yuan Shao at Guan Du.  Even though he
       lost most of his navy to a fire attack at Chi Bi, he would still have
       momentum to continue to win battles against Shu and Wu.  It is said that
       he probably died to a brain tumor.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Fire Projectile
     ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slashes
     SST(T)             A series of left and right horizontal slashes followed by
                        a diagonally downward slash
     SSST               A horizontal slash
     SSSST              Stomps the ground causing a blast of energy
     SSSSST(T)          A series of charging slashes
     Running Attack     A hit with the butt of the sword
     Jump Charge        Double (more like Triple, as its two slashes followed by
                        a whirlwind projectile)
     Musou              A series of spinning diagonally upward and diagonally
                        downward slashes, finishing with a horizontal slash
     True Musou         A series of spinning diagonally upward and diagonally
                        downward slashes, finishing with a taunt like blast
    
    Weapons:  Broad Sword, General’s Sword, Sword of Heaven, Wrath of Heaven
    
    
    -----------
    Xiahou Yuan
    -----------
    
    History:  Cousin to Cao Cao and brother to Xiahou Dun.  He was said to be a
       great archer.  He was one of Cao Cao’s first generals and was considered
       to be very good.  He was given a force of soldiers to hold of Shu at Mt.
       Ding Jun, but would end up being sliced in half by Huang Zhong.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T(T)               Special (shoots arrows over and over again, finishing
                        with a stronger, dizzy arrow)
     ST                 A hit into the air with an upward swing
     SST(T)             A series of diagonally downward left and right swings
                        followed by a dizzying diagonally downward swing
     SSST               A spinning swing
     SSSST              An upward slash creating a whirlwind
     SSSSST(T)          A series of left and right horizontal swings
     Running Attack     A running knee
     Jump Charge        Stomp
     Musou              Jumping, spinning swings, finishing with a final jumping,
                        spinning swing
     True Musou         Jumping, spinning swings, finishing with an upward slash
                        followed by a shockwave
    
    Weapons:  Rod, Strike Rod, Power Rod, Enforcer Rod
    
    
    ----------
    Zhang Liao
    ----------
    
    History:  One of the five generals of Wei.  He was originally a member of
       Dong Zhuo’s army.  After Dong Zhuo was killed by Lu Bu, he would continue
       to serve Lu Bu.  After Lu Bu was executed at Xia Pi, he would serve under
       Cao Cao and befriend Guan Yu.  He would show his skills in battle at He
       Fei, where he defended He Fei against a larger army, killed Taishi Ci, and
       forced Sun Quan to retreat with an ambush.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Dash
     ST                 A hit into the air with a spinning upward slash
     SST                A series of downward slashes with the blade and butt of
                        his polearm followed by an upward slash that dizzies
     SSST               A spinning kick and slash combo
     SSSST              A jumping upward slash, creating a whirlwind
     SSSSST             A whirlwind attack
     Running Attack     A horizontal slash
     Jump Charge        Projectile
     Musou              A series of diagonally downward left and right slashes,
                        finishing with a horizontal slash
     True Musou         A series of diagonally downward left and right slashes,
                        finishing with a horizontal slash followed by a fireball
    
    Weapons:  Pole Blade, Great Blade, Blue Wyvern, Gold Wyvern
    
    
    -------
    Sima Yi
    -------
    
    History:  Strategist of Wei.  Sima Yi was the mastermind behind Wei after Chi
       Bi.  He would have a battle of wits and strategy with Zhuge Liang until
       Zhuge Liang’s death at Wu Zhang Plains.  Sima Yi’s family would be the
       eventual winners of the Three Kingdoms Era, as it would be Sima Yi’s son,
       Sima Zhao, that would take over Wei, force Shu and Wu to surrender, and
       rule over all of China, starting the Jin Dynasty.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Ice Projectile
     ST                 A hit into the air with an upward swing
     SST                A laser beam that dizzies (this attack is NOT a multi hit
                        attack)
     SSST(T)            Jumps backwards while throwing his fan forward, then
                        slides forward while spinning his fan around him
     SSSST              Creates a dark blue orb that knocks enemies into the air
     SSSSST             A multi direction multi laser attack
     Running Attack     Slides with his fan out in front of him
     Jump Charge        Stomp (different type of shockwave, same effect)
     Musou              Stands still and shoots laser beams, finishing with a
                        final laser spray
     True Musou         Stands still and shoots laser beams, finishing with a
                        jump into the air and creating a giant yin-yang sign
                        underneath him, acting like a shockwave
    
    Weapons:  Strategist Fan, Command Fan, Black Feather, Dark Feather
    
    
    --------
    Xu Huang
    --------
    
    History:  One of the Five Generals of Wei.  Xu Huang was a man of great skill
       and power.  He wielded a great battle axe in battle.  He was friends with
       Guan Yu and eventually met him in battle at Fan Castle.  Xu Huang fought
       in many battles against Shu and Wu.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Taunt
     ST                 A hit into the air with a spinning slash
     ST(T)              Spins his axe around his head followed by a final
                        dizzying spin.
     SSST               A spinning slash
     SSSST              Slams his axe into the ground, causing a shockwave
     SSSSST             A stomp causing a shockwave
     Running attack     A sliding slash
     Jump Charge        Special (twirls around in mid air until he lands)
     Musou              Spins his axe around his head, finishing with a final
                        slash
     True Musou         Spins his axe around his head, finishing with an upward
                        slash followed by a shockwave
    
    Weapons:  Battle Axe, Great Axe, Destroyer, Marauder
    
    
    --------
    Zhang He
    --------
    
    History:  One of the Five Generals of Wei.  Zhang He was originally an
       officer for Yuan Shao.  He would defect during the Battle of Guan Du to
       Wei.  Afterwards, he would serve Wei as one of their best generals.  He
       would lead the attack at Jie Ting and would be the one who trapped Ma Su
       on the mountaintop and would cause Shu to lose the battle.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T(T)               Special (does a back flip backwards, then does three back
                        flips forwards)
     ST                 A hit into the air with a kick
     SST(T)             Slashes with claws followed by a dashing claw attack that
                        dizzies
     SSST               A spinning torpedo like attack
     SSSST              Kicks upwards, creating a butterfly whirlwind
     SSSSST             Does two quick slashes side to side
     Running Attack     A sweeping kick
     Jump Charge        Special (spins like an upside down top with his claws
                        out)
     Musou              Slides on the ground slashing with his claws, finishing
                        with a dashing, sliding claw attack
     True Musou         Slides on the ground with his claws, finishing with a
                        dive onto the ground, creating an explosion
    
    Weapons:  Iron Claw, Strike Claw, Peacock Talon, Phoenix Talon
    
    
    -------
    Zhen Ji
    -------
    
    History:  Wife of Cao Pi.  Zhen Ji was the wife of Yuan Xi at first, but
       after Wei won at Guan Du, Cao Pi fell in love with Zhen Ji and took her as
       his wife.  She would later be executed by Cao Pi after another one of Cao
       Pi’s mistresses got jealous of Zhen Ji and convinced Cao Pi to execute
       her.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Special (a projectile like bubble, but with no element
                        and different look than projectile orbs)
     ST                 A hit into the air with a kick
     SST(T)             A series of slaps followed by a final dizzying slap
     SSST               A straight kick
     SSSST              A quick swing upwards that produces a whirlwind
     SSSSST             A song from her flute that produces a shockwave
     Running Attack     A jumping double kick
     Jump Charge        Special (plays her flute in midair)
     Musou              A series of shockwaves played from her flute, finishing
                        with a final shockwave
     True Musou         A series of shockwaves played from her flute, finishing
                        with exploding bubbles
    
    Weapons:  Bronze Flute, Iron Flute, Moon Flute, Dark Moon Flute
    
    
    -------
    Cao Ren
    -------
    
    History:  Cousin to Cao Cao.  Cao Ren was another one of Cao Cao’s trusted
       generals and another one of his family members.  Cao Ren was defending Fan
       Castle when Guan Yu attacked it.  Even thought Guan Yu would flood Fan
       Castle, Cao Ren would still hold off Guan Yu long enough to allow Wu to
       capture him.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                 Taunt
     ST                A hit into the air with the blade part of his shield
     SST(T)            Shoots whirlwinds from his shield followed by a final
                       dizzying whirlwind
     SSST              A bear hug like attack using his shield and hand
     SSSST             Slams his fist into the ground, creating a shockwave
     SSSSST            A running attack with his shield up
     Running Attack    Runs with his shield up for a little while then slashes
                       with the blade part of his shield
     Jump Charge       Stomp
     Musou             Slashes downwards left and right, finishing with a final
                       slash a stomp
     True Musou        Slashes downward left and right, finishing with an upward
                       slash and a shockwave
    
    Weapons:  Buckler Blade, Strike Buckler, Crane, Roc
    
    
    ------
    Cao Pi
    ------
    
    History:  Son of Cao Cao and first Emperor of Wei.  Cao Pi would first fight
       at Guan Du and take Zhen Ji as his wife.  He would continue to fight along
       side his father until his father’s death.  After his father died, he would
       take over his kingdom and declare himself the first Emperor of Wei.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Ice Projectile
     ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
     SST                Takes his two swords apart and slashes with them followed
                        by a final dizzying slash
     SSST               A horizontal slash
     SSSST              Slams his weapon into the ground causing an energy burst
                        that hits people into the air
     SSSSST             A horizontal slash
     Running Attack     A jumping spinning slash
     Jump Charge        Multi-hit
     Musou              Takes apart his swords and slashes with them, finishing
                        with a final spinning slash
     True Musou         Takes apart his swords and slashes with them, finishing
                        with two more slashes and a taunt like blast move
    
    Weapons:  Twin Blade, Dual Fang, Pure Havoc, Chaos
    
    
    -------
    Pang De
    -------
    
    History:  A general for both Ma Chao and Cao Cao.  Pang De would assist Ma
       Chao at Tong Gate against Cao Cao.  After Han Sui’s defection, Ma Chao
       would lose the battle and fail to avenge his father.  Pang De would then
       join Wei.  When fighting against Shu, there was some question to Pang De’s
       loyalty.  Pang De would make a coffin and take it with him to Fan Castle,
       saying that if he fails to win at Fan Castle, he would come back inside
       the coffin.  Pang De fought valiantly at Fan Castle, but would be captured
       and executed by Guan Yu.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Taunt
     ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
     SST(T)             Downward slashes with each weapon followed by a
                        horizontal slash
     SSST               A horizontal slash
     SSSST              Slams his weapons into the ground, creating a white blast
     SSSSST             A running, slashing attack
     Running Attack     A horizontal slash
     Jump Charge        Moving (a flip with his weapons out)
     Musou              Stands and performs horizontal slashes, finishing with a
                        final slash
     True Musou         Stands and performs horizontal slashes, finishing with a
                        jumping shockwave
    
    Weapons:  War Pick, Sturdy Halberd, Pole Axe, Heavenly Halberd
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  3c. Wu Characters
      5XLPCWUC        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    -------
    Zhou Yu
    -------
    
    History:  Friend of Sun Ce, husband of Xiao Qiao, and advisor for Wu.  He
       helped Sun Ce conquer the lands of Wu.  After Sun Ce’s death, he would
       devise a plan to defeat Cao Cao.  At Chi Bi, he masterminded a plan to set
       the Wei navy on fire.  The plan worked and Cao Cao was crippled.  He would
       die at an early age of natural causes.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Fire Projectile
     ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
     SST(T)             A series of spinning backwards stabs followed by a final
                        spinning backward stab that dizzies
     SSST(T)            Jumps into the air and does up to three spinning slashes
     SSSST              A jumping slash that creates a whirlwind
     SSSSST             A horizontal slash
     Running Attack     A series of running slashes
     Jump Charge        Double (a whirlwind projectile followed by a stomp)
     Musou              A series of upward slashes, finishing with a final upward
                        slash that knocks enemies into the air
     True Musou         A series of upward slashes, finishing with an explosion
    
    Weapons:  Bronze Sword, Iron Sword, Elder Sword, Ancients Sword
    
    
    ------
    Lu Xun
    ------
    
    History:  Last great advisor for Wu.  Lu Xun was a young advisor, but his
       intelligence and wisdom allowed him to become Wu’s advisor after the
       passing of Zhou Yu and Lu Meng.  He would lead Wu to victory over Shu
       after a well placed fire attack.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                 Fire Projectile
     ST                A hit into the air with an upward slash with both swords
     SST(T)            A series of flips in mid air followed by a final slash
                       that stuns
     SSST              A back flip that hits twice
     SSSST             A jumping spinning slash that creates a whirlwind
     SSSSST            A spinning slash
     Running Attack    A horizontal slash with both swords
     Jump Charge       Projectile
     Musou             Spinning double slashes, finishing with a final horizontal
                       slash
     True Musou        Spinning double slashes, finishing with a fireball
    
    Weapons:  Twin Sabers, Wing Sabers, Eagle, Falcon
    
    
    ---------
    Taishi Ci
    ---------
    
    History:  Great warrior for Wu.  He started off as an officer for Kong Rong,
       but would soon join Liu Yong.  When Sun Ce invaded Wu, Taishi Ci would get
       into a duel with him, but neither side would win.  Taishi Ci would gain
       respect for Sun Ce and eventually join him.  He would fight for Wu until
       He Fei, where he died to an ambush from Zhang Liao.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Taunt
     ST                 A hit into the air with a spinning swing
     SST(T)             Downward swings with each weapon followed by a final
                        spinning swing that stuns
     SSST               A double poke
     SSSST              Slams his weapons into the ground, creating a shockwave
     SSSSST(T)          Pokes with one weapon a few times before a final double
                        poke
     Running Attack     A thrust with one weapon
     Jump Charge        Stomp
     Musou              Pokes with each weapon, finishing with a triple strike
                        with both weapons
     True Musou         Pokes with each weapon, finishing with an upward swing
                        followed by a shockwave
    
    Weapons:  Twin Rods, Spiral Rods, Wolf Slayer, Tiger Slayer
    
    
    ---------------
    Sun Shang Xiang
    ---------------
    
    History:  Daughter of Sun Jian and wife of Liu Bei.  Sun Shang Xiang would
       marry Liu Bei during the short lived alliance between the two kingdoms.
       However, after Wu executed Guan Yu, Sun Shang Xiang was torn between her
       family and her husband.  She would eventually side with her husband.
       After Yi Ling, Liu Bei would die of grief for not being able to avenge his
       brother.  When Sun Shang Xiang heard this, she would commit suicide.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Dash (three cartwheels)
     ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
     SST(T)             Spinning slashes followed by a throw of her chakrams that
                        dizzies
     SSST               Throws chakrams out in front of her
     SSSST              Does a flip kick, creating a whirlwind
     SSSSST(T)          Throws chakrams out as they spin around her
     Running Attack     A horizontal slash with both chakrams
     Jump Charge        Special (throws chakrams)
     Musou              Throws chakrams from side to side, finishing with
                        spinning throw
     True Musou         Throws chakrams from side to side, finishing with a huge
                        whirlwind
    
    Weapons:  Chakram, Moon Chakram, Luna Chakram, Sol Chakram
    
    
    --------
    Sun Jian
    --------
    
    History:  The Tiger of Jiang Dong.  Sun Jian would be one of the first
       provincial rulers to answer the call to arms during the Yellow Turban
       Rebellion.  He would also help with the battle against Dong Zhuo.  When
       Sun Jian started to go back to his home, he found that it had been taken
       over while he was at war.  He would begin to draw up plans to get his
       homelands back, but would die in a rockslide caused by Kuai Liang in a
       battle against Liu Biao.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Dash
     ST                 A hit into the air with a jumping slash upwards
     SST(T)             A series of left and right quick hits followed by a quick
                        horizontal slash
     SSST               A backwards stab
     SSSST              An explosion that knocks enemies into the air
     SSSSST             A diagonally downwards slash
     Running Attack     A diagonal slash
     Jump Charge        Multi-hit
     Musou              Waves his sword from right to left in front of him,
                        finishing with a dashing sword slash
     True Musou         Waves his sword from right to left in front of him,
                        finishing with an explosion
    
    Weapons:  Tiger Sword, Tiger Claw, Lone Tiger, Savage Tiger
    
    
    --------
    Sun Quan
    --------
    
    History:  Second son of Sun Jian.  He would lead Shu after Sun Ce’s death.
       While Sun Ce was known more as a conqueror and a warrior, Sun Quan was
       more of a political ruler, dealing more with the internal affairs.  Still,
       he would lead on the battlefield in many different missions against Wei
       and Shu.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Taunt
     ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
     SST(T)             A series of horizontal slashes left and right followed by
                        another horizontal slash followed by a vertical slash
                        that dizzies
     SSST               A vertical slash followed by a horizontal slash
     SSSST              A spinning slash upwards, creating an explosion
     SSSSST             A spinning slash
     Running Attack     A diagonal slash
     Jump Charge        Stomp
     Musou              Waves his sword from left and right in front of him,
                        finishing with a final horizontal slash
     True Musou         Waves his sword from left and right in front of him,
                        finishing with a lightning storm
    
    Weapons:  Wolf Sword, Wolf Claw, King Wolf, Master Wolf
    
    
    -------
    Lu Meng
    -------
    
    History:  An expert warrior learned in the art of strategy.  Lu Meng started
       off his career as an excellent fighter on the battlefield.  He would gain
       ranks in the Wu army through his valor on the battlefield.  At Sun Quan’s
       request, Lu Meng would read books and learn tactics and strategy.  He
       would become the ultimate general, skilled in both sword and strategy.  Lu
       Meng would become one of Wu’s advisors and would lead the attack on Guan
       Yu at Fan Castle, capture him, and execute him.  Lu Meng would later die
       by being haunted by the ghost of Guan Yu (in the novel of course).
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                 Fire Projectile
     ST                A hit into the air with an upward slash
     SST(T)            A series of downward slashes with the blade and end of
                       his polearm followed by an upward slash that dizzies
     SSST              A spinning slash
     SSSST             Slams his weapon into the ground and creates a shockwave
     SSSSST            A jumping, spinning slash
     Running Attack    Slides on the ground with his weapon out in front
     Jump Charge       Stomp
     Musou             Hits the enemy with the blade part and the end part of his
                       polearm, finishing with a stab and a swing
     True Musou        Hits the enemy with the blade part and the end part of his
                       polearm, finishing with a shockwave
    
    Weapons:  Glaive, Great Glaive, Tiger Hook, White Tiger
    
    
    --------
    Gan Ning
    --------
    
    History:  A former pirate.  Gan Ning was a pirate before joining Huang Zu’s
       army.  During a battle between Huang Zu and Wu, Gan Ning would kill Ling
       Cao, Ling Tong’s father.  After the battle, Gan Ning would join Wu.  He
       would lead an ambush at the Battle of He Fei that would help Wu, but
       ultimately not be enough for a victory.  He would die at the Battle of Yi
       Ling to an arrow from Sha Moke (that’s based on the fictional novel, he
       really died of illness before Yi Ling).
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Dash
     ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
     SST(T)             A series of vertical slashes followed by a final
                        horizontal slash
     SSST               A spinning slash
     SSSST              An uppercut that causes a fire pillar
     SSSSST             A whirlwind attack
     Running Attack     A running knee
     Jump Charge        Multi-hit
     Musou              Runs around with his sword out, finishing with a spinning
                        slash
     True Musou         Runs around with his sword out, finishing with a jump and
                        lands with a shockwave
    
    Weapons:  Pirate Sword, River Sword, River Master, Sea Master
    
    
    ---------
    Huang Gai
    ---------
    
    History:  One of the very first officers for Sun Jian.  Huang Gai served the
       Sun family since the very beginning.  Wielding a stiff iron whip into
       battle (not the snapping, black leather whip, but one that’s very close to
       his weapon in DW), he would fight from the Yellow Turbans all the way up
       to the later battles of Wu.  He would be essential for the fire attack on
       the Wei navy at Chi Bi, as he was the one who lead the fire boats that set
       the boats ablaze.  He would live a long life of battle.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T(T)               Special (tapping T once places a bomb on the ground,
                        tapping T more than once throws a bomb)
     ST                 A hit into the air with an uppercut
     SST(T)             Kicks the enemies shins followed by an uppercut
     SSST               A diagonally downward bash
     SSSST              Slams his weapon into the ground, creating an explosion
     SSSSST             A stomp on the ground that causes a shockwave
     Running Attack     A charging head butt
     Jump Charge        Special (throws a bomb at the ground)
     Musou              Swings his rod back and forth, finishing with a final
                        swing
     True Musou         Swings his rod back and forth, finishing with throwing a
                        lot of bombs
    
    Weapons:  Iron Rod, Great Rod, Shadow Rod, Dark Shadow
    
    
    ------
    Sun Ce
    ------
    
    History:  The Little Conqueror.  Sun Ce was the oldest son of Sun Jian and
       husband to Da Qiao.  He would make a name for himself after his father
       died by conquering the lands of Wu.  His ability to swiftly take lands
       gave him the nickname of the Little Conqueror.  However, after crossing
       paths with a mystic and killing him, he would become gravely ill from a
       spell and would end up dying young.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Taunt
     ST                 A hit into the air with a flip kick
     SST(T)             Swings multiple times at the enemies with his tonfas
                        followed by a spinning double kick
     SSST               A spinning move with his tonfas out
     SSSST              Slams his tonfas into the ground causing an explosion
     SSSSST             Rapid fire hits with his tonfas before a final hit that
                        knocks enemies away
     Running Attack     A spinning double kick
     Jump Charge        Stomp
     Musou              Spins around and hits people with his tonfas, finishing
                        with a jumping spin
     True Musou         Spins around and hits people with his tonfas, finishing
                        off with an explosion
    
    Weapons:  Tonfa, Studded Tonfa, Conqueror, Overlord
    
    
    -------
    Da Qiao
    -------
    
    History:  Wife of Sun Ce.  Da Qiao the older sister of Xiao Qiao.  It was
       said that the two Qiaos were the most beautiful women in all of China and
       made the flowers blush in the presence of their beauty.  They were put
       under the protection of Sun Ce and Zhou Yu, who they would later marry.
       The real first names of the Qiao sisters are not known and lost to
       history.  Da stands for big, as she is the big sister of the two Qiaos.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Fire Projectile
     ST                 A hit into the air with an upward swing
     SST(T)             Rapid fire upward swings with her fans followed by a spin
     SSST               Dives forward with both her fans out
     SSSST              Spins her fans in front of her causing a whirlwind to
                        appear
     SSSSST             A whirlwind attack
     Running Attack     Lunges forward with both fans in front
     Jump Charge        Special (a fireball)
     Musou              Stands still and throws her fans out in front of her
                        while they spin, finishing with a spin while her fans
                        spin around her
     True Musou         Stands still and throws her fans out in front of her
                        while they spin, finishing with a spin while her fans
                        spin around her followed by a huge fireball
    
    Weapons:  Twin Fans, Violet Fans, True Beauty, Qiao Beauty
    
    
    ---------
    Xiao Qiao
    ---------
    
    History:  Wife of Zhou Yu.  Xiao Qiao is the younger sister of Da Qiao.  She
       would marry Zhou Yu while she was under his protection.  It was said that
       Zhuge Liang got Zhou Yu to agree to an alliance with Shu by telling Zhou
       Yu that Cao Cao was attacking Wu because he wanted the two Qiao sisters
       for himself.  Xiao stands for little, as she is the little sister of the
       two Qiaos.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T(T)               Special (waves her fans out in front of her, finishing
                        with a dizzying final swing)
     ST                 A hit into the air with an upward swing
     SST(T)             Spins around with her fans out followed by throwing her
                        fans in circular patterns that stuns
     SSST               Throws one fan forward and the other backwards
     SSSST              Swings upwards, creating a whirlwind
     SSSSST(T)          Flips in midair with her fans out
     Running Attack     Slides on the ground with her fans out
     Jump Charge        Moving (spins like a sideways top with her fans out)
     Musou              Flips in midair with her fans out, finishing with a throw
                        of her fans in all different directions
     True Musou         Flips in midair with her fans out, finishing with a hover
                        in midair before coming down and creating a shockwave
    
    Weapons:  Double Fans, Peach Fans, True Grace, Qiao Grace
    
    
    --------
    Zhou Tai
    --------
    
    History:  A former pirate who often saved Sun Quan’s life.  Zhou Tai started
       off his life as a pirate.  He would join Wu and prove his might and valor
       on the battlefield, often rescuing Sun Quan from danger.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Dash
     ST                 A hit into the air with
     SST(T)             Rapid diagonally upward sword slashes followed by a final
                        dizzying diagonally upward sword slash
     SSST               A diagonally upward slash
     SSSST              A red taunt like blast
     SSSSST(T)          Tapping T once causes a quick sword thrust, tapping T
                        more than once causes a longer sword thrust that has the
                        Shadow element
     Running Attack     A diagonally upward slash
     Jump Charge        Multi-hit
     Musou              Stands still and slashes diagonally upwards right and
                        left, finishing with a dashing sword slash
     True Musou         Stands still and slashes diagonally upwards right and
                        left, finishing with sheathing his sword, creating a
                        shockwave, followed by a final horizontal slash
    
    Weapon:  Eastern Sword, Katana, Dawn, Dusk
    
    
    ---------
    Ling Tong
    ---------
    
    History:  Son of Ling Cao and Gan Ning’s rival.  Ling Tong would join his
       father on many battles for Wu.  However, at Xia Kou, Gan Ning would kill
       Ling Cao.  This would cause Ling Tong to hate Gan Ning.  After the battle,
       Gan Ning would join Wu and would cause friction between the two warriors.
       They would, eventually, accept each other as a fellow comrade in arms.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Dash
     ST                 A hit into the air with a flip kick
     SST(T)             A series of spinning kicks followed by a final spinning
                        kick
     SSST               A quick stomp
     SSSST              A swing upwards that causes a whirlwind
     SSSSST             An explosion
     Running Attack     A quick swing
     Jump Charge        Projectile
     Musou              Swings his nunchaku around himself, finishing with a
                        spinning swing
     True Musou         Swings his nunchaku around himself, finishing with a few
                        more swings and a taunt like blast
    
    Weapons:  Wood Nunchaku, Iron Nunchaku, Rising Phoenix, Dragon Fury
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  3d. Other Characters
      5XLPCOTH        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    ---------
    Diao Chan
    ---------
    
    History:  Mistress to both Dong Zhuo and Lu Bu.  Diao Chan’s adoptive father
       wanted to get rid of Dong Zhuo.  He devised a plan to get both Dong Zhuo
       and Lu Bu to fight against each other.  Diao Chan, a beautiful dancer,
       made both guys fall in love with her.  Diao Chan convinced Lu Bu that she
       loved only him and was being held captive by Dong Zhuo.  Lu Bu would kill
       Dong Zhuo for Diao Chan.  What happened to her after that is unknown.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Dash
     ST                 A hit into the air with a jumping swing
     SST(T)             A series of flips and swings followed by a final swing
                        that dizzies
     SSST               A horizontal swing followed by a kick
     SSSST              A swing upwards that creates a whirlwind
     SSSSST             Throws two horizontal whirlwinds
     Running attack     A flip
     Jump Charge        Stomp
     Musou              A series of jumping, spinning kicks, finishing with a
                        downward swing with both maces
     True Musou         A series of jumping, spinning kicks, finishing with a
                        huge whirlwind that covers most of the screen
    
    Weapons:  Mace, Great Mace, Enchantress, Diva
    
    
    -----
    Lu Bu
    -----
    
    History:  The greatest fighter of his era.  Lu Bu was considered to be the
       strongest warrior of his time.  He would serve Dong Zhuo as his adoptive
       son and would be the main reason why Dong Zhuo accumulated so much power.
       However, at the request of Diao Chan, Lu Bu would slay Dong Zhuo.  Lu Bu
       would try to get his own lands, but even though he was a mighty fighter,
       he would constantly lose in battle due to a lack of strategy.  His final
       defeat would be at Xia Pi, where he would be defeated by Cao Cao and Liu
       Bei.  Lu Bu offered to join Cao Cao, but after having a reputation for
       betrayal, he would be beheaded.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Special (an unblockable three hit combo, finishing with a
                        taunt)
     ST                 A hit into the air with the butt of his halberd
     SST(T)             Spins his halberd above his head around in a circle
                        followed by a slash and a shockwave that stuns
     SSST               A dashing slash
     SSSST              A slash upwards, creating a red lightning bolt
     SSSSST             Quick diagonal downward left and right slashes followed
                        by a stomp
     Running Attack     A spinning diagonally upward slash
     Jump Charge        Double (a stomp and then a slash on the ground)
     Musou              Diagonally right downward slashes, finishing with a stomp
     True Musou         Diagonally right downward slashes, finishing with a stomp
                        and a shockwave
    
    Weapons:  Halberd, Great Halberd, Sky Piercer, Sky Scorcher
    
    
    ---------
    Dong Zhuo
    ---------
    
    History:  An evil tyrant.  Dong Zhuo took over the imperial throne after the
       Yellow Turban rebellion.  He would use his position to satisfy his want
       for food, gold, and women.  He would give Red Hare to Lu Bu as a gift for
       becoming his adoptive son.  With the power of Lu Bu at his side, he
       thought he was invincible.  However, thanks to Diao Chan, Lu Bu would turn
       on his master and end the tyranny of Dong Zhuo.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Taunt
     ST                 A hit into the air with a jumping slash
     SST(T)             A series of quick left and right slashes followed by a
                        two diagonally downward slashes that dizzies
     SSST               A backwards stab
     SSSST              Creates a blast that sends enemies flying upwards
     SSSSST             Slams his weapon into the ground, causing a shockwave
     Running Attack     A horizontal slash
     Jump Charge        Triple Stomp
     Musou              A series of left and right horizontal slashes, finishing
                        with a jump onto the ground, creating a shockwave
     True Musou         A series of left and right horizontal slashes, finishing
                        by throwing a bomb
    
    Weapons:  Tyrant Sword, Great Tyrant, Fear, Horror
    
    
    ---------
    Yuan Shao
    ---------
    
    History:  A powerful nobleman.  Yuan Shao was the commander of the troops in
       the campaign against Dong Zhuo.  Even though the coalition was a failure,
       after Dong Zhuo was disposed of, Yuan Shao took over most of the north by
       eliminating Gongsun Zan.  However, his quest to unify China would fall
       short at Guan Du, where he was soundly defeated by Cao Cao and would never
       be able to recover.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Dash
     ST                 A hit into the air with a jumping slash
     SST(T)             A series of left and right horizontal slashes followed by
                        two spinning slashes that stuns
     SSST               A diagonally left downward slash
     SSSST              Stabs the ground creating a shockwave
     SSSSST             A shockwave slash
     Running Attack     A diagonal slash
     Jump Charge        Stomp
     Musou              A series of left and right slashes, finishing with a
                        diagonally left downward slash
     True Musou         A series of left and right slashes, finishing with an
                        upward slash followed by a jump and then throws his sword
                        down to the ground and then lands on it, creating a
                        shockwave
    
    Weapons:  Noble Sword, Regal Sword, Sword of Honor, Sword of Kings
    
    
    ----------
    Zhang Jiao
    ----------
    
    History:  Leader of the Yellow Turbans.  A mystic who found magical books,
       Zhang Jiao and his brothers, Zhang Liang and Zhang Bao, would gather up
       people to start up a rebellion against the Han dynasty.  The rebellion
       would be stopped by the Han forces, but it would set off the chain of
       events that would lead to the end of the Han dynasty and the start of the
       Three Kingdoms Era.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Taunt
     ST                 A hit into the air with a backward staff swing
     SST(T)             Magically waves his staff in front of him followed by a
                        shockwave
     SSST               A flamethrower attack
     SSSST              Swings his staff upwards, causing yellowish-whitish
                        diamonds to appear with Chinese letters in them
     SSSSST             A spinning flamethrower attack
     Running Attack     A dash attack with staff in front
     Jump Charge        Special (a fire spin)
     Musou              Shoots fireballs, finishing with a flamethrower attack
     True Musou         Shoots fireballs, finishing with a spinning flamethrower
                        attack
    
    Weapons:  Magic Staff, Mystic Staff, Fire Staff, Volcano Staff
    
    
    --------
    Meng Huo
    --------
    
    History:  King of the Nanman Tribes.  Meng Huo would unite the tribes in the
       Nan Zhong region to become their first king.  However, Shu would invade
       the Nan Zhong region.  Meng Huo would try seven times to outsmart Zhuge
       Liang.  Each of the seven times, he was captured and released.  After the
       seventh time, Meng Huo was so impressed with Zhuge Liang intelligence and
       compassion that he swore loyalty to him.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Dash
     ST                 A hit into the air with an uppercut
     SST(T)             Spins around with his hands out followed by a final
                        dizzying spin
     SSST               Dives forward
     SSSST              Slams the ground, causing a shockwave
     SSSSST             Slams the ground, causing a shockwave
     Running Attack     Trips and falls on the ground
     Jump Charge        Double Stomp
     Musou              Slams the ground, causing a shockwave, finishing with a
                        final slam that sends enemies flying
     True Musou         Slams the ground, causing a shockwave, finishing with
                        five more slams, with the last one sending enemies flying
    
    Weapons:  Nanman Gauntlet, Beast Gauntlet, Beast Master, King of Beasts
    
    
    --------
    Zhu Rong
    --------
    
    History:  Wife of Meng Huo and daughter of the god of fire.  Zhu Rong was the
       only woman in the novel to actually participate in battle.  She would end
       up getting captured by Zhuge Liang and released also.  She was said to
       have been extremely skilled with throwing daggers.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Special (does four low spinning sweep kicks)
     ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
     SST(T)             Throws her boomerang straight followed by a final
                        straight throw that dizzies
     SSST               Throws her boomerang around herself
     SSSST              A slash upwards that creates a whirlwind
     SSSSST             Throws her boomerang, creating a whirlwind
     Running Attack     A horizontal slash
     Jump Charge        Special (a fire spray)
     Musou              Throws daggers all around herself, finishing with a final
                        spinning throw
     True Musou         Throws daggers all around herself, finishing with a dash
                        with her boomerang circling her
    
    Weapons:  Boomerang, Spitfire, Magma Wheel, Inferno
    
    ------
    Zuo Ci
    ------
    
    History:  A Taoist who harassed Cao Cao.  He would learn mystic arts in the
       Emei mountains.  Zuo Ci would use his mystic powers to perform miracles
       for Cao Cao.  What his purpose is was never known, but he did enrage Cao
       Cao and constantly defeated all of Cao Cao’s attempts to get the upper
       hand during the confrontations between the two.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T(T)               Fire and Ice Projectile (pressing triangle once will give
                        you a fire projectile, twice will give you an ice one)
     ST                 A hit into the air with an upward swing
     SST(T)             Throws his cards forwards and forms a circle with them,
                        hitting the target followed by a final throw that dizzies
     SSST               Shoots a lot of lasers (I mean a lot)
     SSSST              Shoots a whirlwind forward, sending enemies upwards
     SSSSST(T)          Causes a red explosion followed by a purple explosion
     Running Attack     Shoots a whirlwind forward
     Jump Charge        Special (dives forward with a fireball in his hands)
     Musou              Walks with his cards spinning around him, finishing with
                        a lightning storm
     True Musou         Walks with his cards spinning around him, finishing with
                        fire projectiles, ice projectiles, and a lightning storm
    
    Weapons:  Cursed Deck, Mystic Deck, Crane Deck, Trump Deck
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  3e. Edit Character Special Move Sets
      5XLPCEDI        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    There are two special move set that can only be used by the edit characters.  
    I have listed their move sets in this section.
    
    
    ----------
    Broadsword
    ----------
    
    History:  This is Fu Xi’s move set.  Fu Xi was a special hidden character in
       DW3.  He was not a warrior during the Three Kingdoms Era, but he was the
       first Emperor of China and a Chinese god (I think, forgive me if I’m
       wrong).  He was removed in DW4.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Special (a double swing)
     ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
     SST(T)             A series of stabs followed by a horizontal slash that
                        dizzies
     SSST               A horizontal slash
     SSSST              Slams the sword onto the ground, creating a fire
                        explosion all around
     SSSSST(T)          A series of stabs followed by a vertical slash upwards,
                        sending the enemy flying
     Running Attack     A horizontal slash
     Jump Charge        Special (slams sword onto the ground, creating a fire
                        explosion all around)
     Musou              A series of spinning slashes, finishing with a final
                        spinning slash that sends enemies flying
     True Musou         A series of spinning slashes, finishing with a lightning
                        storm
    
    Weapons:  Great Sword, Crusher Sword, Holy Avenger, Fu Xi’s Sword
    
    
    ------
    Rapier
    ------
    
    History:  This is Nu Wa’s move set.  Nu Wa was a special hidden character in
       DW3.  She was not a warrior during the three Kingdoms Era, but she is the
       Chinese god (I think the Chinese god of creation, but I’m not sure).  She
       was removed in DW4.
    
    Move Set:
    
     Attack Type        Attack Description
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     T                  Dash (a triple slash attack)
     ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
     SST(T)             A series of slashes and shield swings followed by a final
                        slash and shield swing that dizzies
     SSST               A horizontal slash
     SSSST              An slash downwards, creating a whirlwind
     SSSSST(T)          A series of stabs, finishing with a final, dashing stab
     Running Attack     A sliding stab
     Jump Charge        Stomp
     Musou              A series of rapid, horizontal slashes, finishing with a
                        spinning slash
     True Musou         A series of rapid, horizontal slashes, finishing with a
                        lightning storm
    
    Weapons:  Rapier, Swift Rapier, Celestial Blade, Nu Wa’s Rapier
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4. Legend Mode Walkthroughs
      5XLLEGEN        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    Legend Mode documents various historical and fictional battles involving the 
    warriors from the Three Kingdoms Era.  At first, you will only be able to use 
    one of the recommended fighters for the stage.  However, once you have 
    cleared the stage one time, you will be able to select any of the cast of 
    characters or your own created characters to fight in that scenario.  I have 
    provided a walkthrough for each recommended character.  Some stages will only 
    have one walkthrough, meaning that all the recommended characters have the 
    same path to take.
    
    All walkthroughs are done for Hard mode.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4a. Struggle for the Book
      5XLLMSFB        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    Three great intellects struggle to gain a book containing great and mystical 
    secrets.  That book is the Way of Peace.  Can you be the first to pass all of 
    Master Lao’s trials to claim the book for your own?
    
    Dim Sum:  Defeat one of the two phantom clones of your character (or of the
       character you started near)
    
    Musou Wine:  Center section, outside and to the left of the outer center gate
    
    
    ----------
    Zhang Jiao
    ----------
    
    You start off on the middle path.  Defeat everyone in your small section in 
    the south before everyone else.  After everyone has cleared their section, 
    Master Lao will send a phantom to stalk you.  Once you have defeated all your 
    enemies, move north.  There, you will have to fight mystic warriors.  They 
    have a lot of defense and health, but these warriors do not come back to 
    life.  Once you get to the castle gate, a phantom Master Lao and some 
    Lieutenants will arrive.  Unlike the phantom ghost thing that is stalking 
    you, you can kill the phantom Master Lao.  Once you do so, you can move into 
    the castle.  Once inside the castle, you will have to deal with elephants, 
    bombers, archers, and stone warriors.  Also, there is a lot of poison mist in 
    this section of the castle, so watch your health.  Luckily, there is an All 
    Recover near each gate.  Master Lao will summon Cao Cao, Sun Jian, and Liu 
    Bei to hinder your path.  Also, you will get another friendly ghost soldier 
    trailing you.  For the record, in case anyone is keeping score, that makes 
    two undefeatable, annoying ghosts following you.  Cut down these three 
    leaders to open up the next section.  While fighting these three, if you ever 
    get close to Pang Tong or Zuo Ci, you will get a cut scene, but you won’t 
    have to fight them.  Once inside the next section, you will deal with more of 
    the same, except now you can add sorcerers to the list of enemies you will 
    see.  Also, there are steam geysers that are here to knock you off of your 
    feet.  As a special reward for making it this far, you get to face off with a 
    phantom Pang Tong and a phantom Zuo Ci.  Eliminate both quickly, because you 
    will soon face off with to phantom Zhang Jiaos.  Dealing with four enemy 
    generals, two of which can set you on fire, and two phantom soldiers, is no 
    fun, especially when you are being juggled while on fire.  To add even more 
    to the list of not good things, Master Lao creates a rockslide while you’re 
    fighting.  You will want to run through all four of these phantoms quickly.  
    Once all four are defeated, the last gate opens.  Once inside, those annoying 
    ghost soldiers will disappear and you get to face your final test.  
    Unfortunately, that final test is a powered up Lu Bu with three whirlwind 
    columns chasing after you.  If you get hit by a whirlwind column, you can 
    pretty much say good bye to a good chunk of your health, meaning there is 
    only so many times you can get knocked around by those things.  Sometimes, a 
    column can hit you more than once at the same time, which can really hurt.  
    Add the fact that you got Lu Bu chasing after you, and it can be no fun, 
    especially with a character with as poor of a move set as Zhang Jiao.  I hope 
    you have saved a musou token.  Also, Zhang Jiao’s C4 is really good for 
    beating Lu Bu, as it tends to hit him in the side and get around his block 
    and send him flying for fire damage.  If you manage to beat Lu Bu, the book 
    is all yours and the stage is completed.
    
    
    ---------
    Pang Tong
    ---------
    
    You start off at the southwest corner of the map.  Defeat all your soldiers 
    in your area and then move north.  At this time, Master Lao will send a 
    phantom soldier to stalk you.  Since you can’t beat him, do your best to 
    ignore and avoid him and move on.  Clear out the western section and then 
    move north again.  You will run into a wind part of the map.  This should be 
    easy to past if you are equipped with a horse.  If not, do your best to dodge 
    arrows and just keep moving forward.  Eventually, when you get north enough, 
    you will stop the wind.  You will face off with some stone warriors, but Pang 
    Tong’s musou is really good in taking them out.  Take out the rest of the 
    enemies in your territory and then move to the western castle gate.  There, 
    you will face off against a phantom Master Lao and two Lieutenants.  Defeat 
    them and the western gate will open.  Now, inside the castle, you will get to 
    walk around in poison mist as you fight elephants, bombers, archers, and 
    stone warriors.  Keep an eye on your health as you move through these areas.  
    There is an All Recover near each gate, so keep that in mind.  Master Lao 
    will summon Sun Jian, Cao Cao, and Liu Bei.  Also, you get another ghost 
    soldier following you around.  Defeat them all to open the next gates.  If 
    you run into Zhang Jiao or Zuo Ci, you will get a cut scene.  Once inside the 
    next gate, you will face off with sorcerers, steam geysers, and more enemy 
    generals.  This time, it’s Zhang Jiao and Zuo Ci.  Defeat them in a hurry, 
    because after some time passes, you will get to fight two Pang Tongs.  Around 
    this time, Master Lao will create a rockslide to hamper your progress.  Once 
    you have killed off your body doubles, you will enter the center area of the 
    castle.  This will kill off your two stalker ghosts.  Inside, you will see 
    three whirlwind columns.  Avoid these, as they can take off a good chunk of 
    health.  Also, your final test is in here.  As a reward for making it this 
    far, you will face off against a powerful Lu Bu phantom.  Defeat Lu Bu and 
    the book is all yours.
    
    
    ------
    Zuo Ci
    ------
    
    You start off in the southeast corner of the map.  You will need to defeat 
    all the enemies in that corner.  Once you have, go north to the eastern 
    section of the map.  You will be introduced to armor troops, but they can be 
    taken as normal soldiers.  While you’re fighting the enemies in this section 
    of the map, a phantom soldier will come out and play.  You can’t kill it, so 
    just avoid it as much as possible.  Keep making your way north.  You will 
    eventually hit a wind tunnel.  If you have a horse, it should be easy to get 
    past this section.  If you don’t, it will take longer, but it’s still 
    decently easy.  Once you make it north far enough, the wind will stop.  
    Master Lao will summon a phantom Master Lao back in the southern section.  Go 
    back and defeat the phantom and Master Lao’s impression of you will go up.  
    Now, you can get to the castle gate.  Once you get to the gate, a phantom 
    Master Lao and two Lieutenants will appear.  Defeat them to get the gate to 
    open.  Inside the gate, there are poison swamp mist, along with elephants, 
    stone warriors, bombers, archers, and another phantom soldier to follow you.  
    If your health gets low, there is an All Recover near each gate.  Master Lao 
    will summon Liu Bei, Cao Cao, and Sun Jian as the guardians of this section 
    of the castle.  Also, Pang Tong and Zhang Jiao might be in the area.  If you 
    get near them, you will trigger a cut scene.  Defeat the three generals to 
    move onto the next section.  Once there, there will be steam geysers all 
    around you to try to stop your advance.  You will now face off with a phantom 
    Zhang Jiao and a phantom Pang Tong.  Defeat them quickly, as Master Lao has 
    two more tricks up his sleeves and he’s not about to wait to use them.  He 
    will throw a rockslide at you and two Zuo Ci’s for you to deal with, so 
    defeat the first two phantoms and quickly as possible.  Once all four 
    generals are dead, the center gate will open.  Enter the gate and your two 
    ghost stalkers will disappear.  Inside, you will see three whirlwind columns 
    and Master Lao.  Go next to Master Lao and you will face off with your final 
    trial, a phantom and overpowered Lu Bu.  Defeat him while avoiding the 
    whirlwinds to complete the stage.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4b. Rescue at Lou Sang Village
      5XLLMLSV        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    The village of Lou Sang is being attacked by the Yellow Turbans.  Even though 
    the Yellow Turban army has magic and numbers on their side, they didn’t count 
    on three young warriors that were fated to meet...
    
    Dim Sum:  Defeat Zhang Bao
    
    Musou Wine:  Northwest corner of the southeastern village
    
    
    -------
    Guan Yu
    ------- 
    
    You start off in the southwest.  There, Gao Shang and Bo Zhang should be your 
    first targets.  These generals are easy to defeat.  Quickly take them out and 
    the villagers in that section will be saved.  Next, go north towards the 
    center and Deng Mao.  Zhang Liang will appear, along with phantom soldiers.  
    Zhang Bao will also appear, putting up a wind barrier, preventing you from 
    reaching him and Zhang Jiao.  Defeat both Deng Mao and Zhang Liang and the 
    phantom soldiers will disappear.  Keep going northeast towards Zhang Fei.  
    You will see a cut scene involving Guan Yu and Zhang Fei.  Defeat Guan Hai 
    and Cheng Yuanzhi that are there and save those villagers.  They should also 
    be pretty easy.  Make your way to Liu Bei and the Village Elder.  Defeat 
    Zhang Man Cheng and Yan Zheng and meet up with Liu Bei.  This should keep the 
    Village Elder safe, so you should not worry about him anymore.  Zhang Bao 
    will get upset and charge at you, leaving the safety of his wind barrier.  He 
    is powered up, so be careful, but he should still go down quickly.  You 
    should now get a cut scene with all three brothers.  Now, head north.  Since 
    Zhang Bao has retreated, the wind barrier should be gone.  Once you start 
    heading towards Zhang Jiao, he will create a rockslide to try to stop you.  
    Get past the rockslide and take out of the gate captain south of Zhang Jiao.  
    After that, make your way north and fight the leader of the Yellow Turbans 
    himself.  Zhang Jiao will power himself with an attack up, but it should be 
    three versus one at this point.  Defeat him to complete the stage and save 
    the village.
    
    
    ---------
    Zhang Fei
    ---------
    
    Start off in the northeast and take out Guan Hai and Cheng Yuanzhi.  These 
    two should not be that difficult.  Once they have been defeated, make your 
    way towards the center.  This should trigger Zhang Bao and Zhang Liang to 
    show up.  Zhang Bao will create a wind barrier, preventing you from going 
    north.  Zhang Liang will make phantom soldiers appear in the villages, so 
    defeat him quickly.  Also, defeat Deng Mao while you’re at the center.  Once 
    both of these generals have been defeated, then phantom soldiers should 
    disappear.  Continue to make your way southwest towards Guan Yu.  Once you 
    get near Guan Yu, a cut scene should happen.  After the cut scene, defeat Gao 
    Sheng and Bo Zhang.  Go west towards Liu Bei and the Village Elder.  Take out 
    any enemies around the Village Elder first and then defeat Zhang Man Cheng 
    and Yan Zheng.  Once all generals have been defeated, Zhang Bao should get 
    mad and charge the center of the map.  Go there and meet him.  He should be 
    more powerful than the other generals, but you should be able to make him pay 
    for leaving his wind barrier.  When Zhang Bao is defeated, the wind barrier 
    should disappear, allowing you to make your way north.  When you start 
    heading towards Zhang Jiao, he will start to throw rocks at you.  Avoid his 
    rockslide and head towards the gate captain south of Zhang Jiao.  Seal that 
    gate off and then face off with the pyromaniac.  He should power himself up a 
    couple of times, but it shouldn’t be anything you can’t handle.  If the worst 
    comes to worst, you can use your allies as a distraction and triple team him.  
    Once Zhang Jiao is defeated, the Yellow Turbans will be completely ran out of 
    the village.
    
    
    -------
    Liu Bei
    -------
    
    You start off near the Village Elder.  Defeat all the enemies around the 
    Village Elder and then defeat Zhang Man Cheng and Yan Zheng.  Once they are 
    defeated, head towards Guan Yu and defeat Bo Zhang and Gao Sheng.  Once they 
    are gone, head towards the center.  Zhang Bao and Zhang Liang will appear, 
    bringing with them a wind barrier protecting the northern path and phantom 
    soldiers.  Defeat Zhang Liang to make the ghosts disappear.  While you’re 
    there, might as well take out Deng Mao also.  Once they are all defeated, 
    make your way northeast.  There, you will see Zhang Fei.  Defeat Guan Hai and 
    Cheng Yuanzhi and save Zhang Fei and the villagers there.  Once they are all 
    defeated, Zhang Bao will become upset and think that he can do something.  He 
    will charge out from his wind barrier, leaving him vulnerable to your attack.  
    Defeat him and the wind barrier will go away.  There will be a cut scene with 
    all three brothers.  Once the cut scene is over, head north.  Zhang Jiao will 
    use his magic to cause a rockslide.  Avoid the falling rocks and continue to 
    Zhang Jiao.  Defeat the gate captain south of Zhang Jiao and then make your 
    way to the teacher himself.  It should be the three brothers against the 
    leader of the Way of Peace, so the odds should be in your favor.  Even though 
    Zhang Jiao can double his attack, he should still fall very easily.  After 
    Zhang Jiao is defeated, you have saved your home village.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4c. Ou Xing’s Rebellion
      5XLLMOXR        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    Ou Xing, a wicked, evil man, is trying to rally his troops and rebel against 
    Sun Jian.  Sun Jian and his eldest son, Sun Ce, took to the battlefield in 
    order to crush the rebellion.  On the battlefield, they would get help from a 
    great warrior, the might Huang Gai.
    
    Dim Sum:  Defeat He Yi
    
    Musou Wine:  At the southwestern village, east of the checkpoint.
    
    
    --------
    Sun Jian
    --------
    
    Right as you start on the map, your first mission is to defeat Zhou Chao with 
    Huang Gai.  Once Zhou Chao is defeated, Huang Gai joins your army and Ou Xing 
    raises the castle gates.  Sun Ce will begin taking out the gates in the east 
    while you can take out the generals attacking the villages.  Yellow Turbans 
    will appear and attack the villages.  Li Damu should be your first target.  
    Defeat him and then make your way to the southwest.  Sha Moke should be 
    attacking the western most area.  Defeat him and continue your way south.  
    Around this time, Huang Gai should leave the battlefield in order to open the 
    castle gates.  Keep defeating generals outside those walls and distract the 
    enemy.  Zhang Man Cheng and save the southern village.  One of your soldiers 
    should say reinforcements are on their way.  The next target should be Han 
    Xian, who is guarding the western gate of the castle.  Once he’s defeated, 
    you can start helping your son out.  Along your way there, you should defeat 
    Zuozi Zhangba.  Sun Ce should be attempting to attack Yang Feng.  Double team 
    Yang Feng to take out the last general on the map, other than Ou Xing (your 
    troops or Sun Ce should have already taken out Guo Shi, if not, defeat him as 
    well).  Once both castle gates are taken, Huang Gai should open the gates 
    from the inside.  This will cause the reinforcements to retreat and never 
    show up on the battlefield.  Once you get inside, you’ll notice Ou Xing has 
    locked himself inside his inner keep.  Defeat all the enemies around the keep 
    and wait for the gates to open.  Once they have opened, Ou Xing is no where 
    to be found.  He will appear at random outside the castle and begin to make a 
    mad dash for an exit.  Once he appears, run or ride your horse to him 
    quickly.  Prevent his retreat and end his reign of terror to complete the 
    stage.
    
    If you take too long in defeating Han Xian and Yang Feng, He Yi will arrive 
    with reinforcements, causing you to have to defeat all generals outside the 
    castle walls before the castle gates open.
    
    
    ---------
    Huang Gai
    ---------
    
    You start off on the lower passageway.  You will need to take out the guards 
    with your bow and arrow from a long distance.  Try to snipe them when they 
    come around corners to avoid being detected.  After you’ve killed the three 
    guards, you can head towards the castle and defeat the gate captains at both 
    gates.  Once you have done this, the castle gates will open and you will get 
    a cut scene.  After this, it’s time to help out Sun Jian and Sun Ce.  I went 
    and defeated all the enemies on the right side of the map first, defeating 
    Yang Feng, Guo Shi, and Zuozi Zhangba.  After this, I helped out Sun Jian by 
    defeating whoever is left on his side of the map, which normally is Zhou 
    Chao, Han Xian, and Zhang Man Cheng.  If you get close to Sun Jian, Sun Jian 
    will invite Huang Gai into his army and Huang Gai will accept, raising 
    everyone’s morale.  Once Sun Ce or Sun Jian get inside Chang Sha castle, the 
    castle keep gates will open and Ou Xing will be no where in sight.  This will 
    cause the reinforcements lead by He Yi to retreat and never show up to the 
    fight.  Ou Xing should appear and try to escape.  Chase him down and defeat 
    him.
    
    If you get detected on the passageway before you get to Chang Sha castle, you 
    will get ambushed and the path to Chang Sha castle will be blocked.  You will 
    need to defeat every general outside of the castle gates, including the 
    reinforcement generals of He Yi and Pei Yuan Shao.  After all of Ou Xing’s 
    generals have been defeated, the castle gates will open.  He will still 
    disappear and still try to escape.
    
    
    ------
    Sun Ce
    ------
    
    As soon as you start the map, run towards Zhou Chao and defeat him.  This 
    will cause a cut scene where Huang Gai joins your forces.  Ou Xing will then 
    raise the castle gates.  Your first goal will be to defeat all the generals 
    on the eastern side of the map.  There are really only three officers to 
    defeat:  Huang Long, Guo Shi, and Yang Feng.  Once they are all defeated and 
    the rear gate is taken, you can assist Sun Jian in rescuing the villages and 
    taking the front gate.  Huang Gai, at this time, should have already 
    disappeared from the map to go and open the castle gates from the inside.  
    Zuozi Zhangba should attempt to charge at your army, but show him how fatal 
    that mistake is by defeating him.  After this, you should defeat Sha Moke and 
    Zhang Man Cheng to save the villages and then defeat Han Xian to take the 
    front gate.  There will be a cut scene where Huang Gai opens the gates.  
    Charge inside the castle and you will see that Ou Xing is hiding inside the 
    castle.  Once the inner castle gates open, Ou Xing will be no where to be 
    found.  He will appear outside the castle and attempt to retreat.  Chase him 
    down and defeat Ou Xing, bringing peace to the land of Chang Sha.
    
    If you do not clear the castle gates fast enough, He Yi will arrive with 
    reinforcements.  You will need to defeat all the enemy generals outside the 
    castle in order to open the castle gates, but since they are Yellow Turbans, 
    they are all easy to defeat anyways.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4d. The Ten Eunuchs’ Rebellion
      5XLLMTER        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    The ten eunuchs were political leaders who tried to use the emperor for their 
    own gain.  They would rise up against He Jin, the main leader of the Han 
    forces against the Yellow Turban Rebellion, and try to run off with the 
    emperor.  Their plot to escape, however, would be foiled by Dong Zhuo and 
    Yuan Shao.
    
    For this walkthrough, I have done one walkthrough for both generals, since 
    they are both the same walkthrough.
    
    Dim Sum:  Defeat Duan Gui
    
    Musou Wine:  East of the north gate
    
    
    -----------------------
    Dong Zhuo and Yuan Shao
    -----------------------
    
    First, defeat Cheng Kuang.  By the time Cheng Kuang is defeated, Dong Zhuo 
    has plotted He Jin’s murder and He Jin should be severely wounded.  He will 
    not last long, as the eunuchs will slay him.  Now, go after Xia Yun next.  By 
    this time, you should draw a pretty nice big crowd of generals who are not as 
    interested in defeating He Jin.  There are 4 other eunuchs that should be in 
    this area also:  Feng Xu, Guo Sheng, Jian Shou, Zhao Zhong.  Defeat as many 
    of them as possible.  Don’t worry about Cao Jie, Duan Gui, and Hou Lan, as 
    they do not drop any power ups.  He Jin should be dead by now and eunuchs 
    should be running away.  Three of the eunuchs will leave the stage, the rest 
    will just run around the stage like chickens with their heads cut off.  By 
    the time the Emperor’s carriage shows up, they should all just fall and die.  
    After the Emperor’s carriage appears, Cao Cao, Sun Jian, and Liu Bei will 
    also arrive.  After they have arrived, rouges will appear at the south gate 
    near the Emperor’s carriage.  Defeat these rouges, as they will go after the 
    carriage.  If the carriage is destroyed, you will lose the level.  Also, 
    defeating these rouges will make the Emperor like you more.  Now, three 
    remaining eunuchs should make their appearance back on the stage.  These are 
    the three who escaped before, which are Cao Jie, Duan Gui, and Hou Lan.  Go 
    after these three eunuchs.  They are stronger then the other eunuchs, but 
    every other ally generals are too, so they do die pretty quickly, especially 
    if you are not around them.  At regular intervals, rouges will appear south 
    of the Emperor’s carriage.  Drop whatever you are doing to defeat these 
    annoyances.  Once the remaining eunuchs are defeated, the leader of the 
    eunuchs, Zhang Rang, will arrive and try to escape with the carriage.  He 
    will also stop the rouges from appearing.  Defeat him quickly to end the 
    stage.
    
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4e. Battle of Yan Province
      5XLLMBYP        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    Lu Bu has slain Dong Zhuo and is now on the run, looking for a place to call 
    home.  Here, he stumbles upon Pu Yang Castle, which is currently ruled by Cao 
    Cao.  Cao Cao is currently away, which allows Lu Bu to seize the opportunity.  
    Along with his lover Diao Chan and his loyal follower Zhang Liao, Lu Bu 
    decides that this will be where he makes his own kingdom.
    
    Dim Sum:  Defeat Cao Hong
    
    Musou Wine:  Inside Pu Yang Castle near the western checkpoint
    
    ---------
    Diao Chan
    ---------
    
    You start off north of an attack base.  Xun Yu should close the gates to his 
    castle and wait for Cao Cao to arrive.  Start off by defeating the guard 
    captain of the attack base and continue your way south.  Chen Gong will 
    shortly agree to defect and open the gates of the castle.  In the meantime, 
    defeat Zhu Ling and take the next attack base.  Your new goal will be to 
    surround the castle, which will allow Chen Gong to open the castle gates.  
    You will succeed in surrounding the castle by defeating Man Chong, Li Dian, 
    and Yue Jin.  Also, your allied forces will need to be near those the gates 
    those three guards are protecting.  First, defeat Man Chong.  This will cause 
    the north gate to be surrounded.  Also, Cao Hong should appear behind Lu Bu.  
    Ignore this ambush for now and head towards Yue Jin and the east gate.  
    Defeat him quickly and move towards Lu Bu.  You will want to defeat Cao Hong 
    and his two sub generals, Xiahou En and Cao Xiu, before moving on to the last 
    gate.  Xun Yu should have ambushed Zhang Liao, but don’t worry about that for 
    now.  Move on to the gate that Li Dian is protecting.  Defeat Li Dian and 
    then start defeating enemies around that gate.  This should allow Lu Bu’s 
    forces to surround the west gate.  For good measure, you might want to close 
    off the checkpoint near that gate.  Once all three gates are surrounded, Chen 
    Gong will open all the gates and let you in.  He will also defect to your 
    side.  Xun Yu isn’t too happy that the castle is breached.  He gets powered 
    up and all electrified, but he’s still not that hard to beat.  Defeat Xun Yu 
    and Pu Yang Castle is yours.
    
    
    -----
    Lu Bu
    -----
    
    When the battle starts, Xun Yu shuts all gates to Pu Yang Castle.  Also, Chen 
    Gong will quickly agree to open the gates for you, provided that you surround 
    the castle.  Therefore, your main goal should be to surround the castle.  
    Start by taking out the two attack bases south of your starting position and 
    defeating Zhu Ling.  When you get too far south, Xun Yu will call an ambush 
    north of your position.  Quickly dispose of Cao Hong and his two sub generals 
    and continue on your path to taking out the castle.  The castle gates are 
    guarded by three generals.  The first general you should defeat is Li Dian.  
    After he is defeated, the second general that should fall is Man Chong.  
    Finally, Yue Jin should be your last target.  Once all three generals have 
    been defeated, start defeating any enemy soldiers near the castle.  This will 
    speed up the surrounding procedure.  Taking the checkpoints near the gates 
    will also help the procedure.  Zhang Liao will soon get ambushed by Xun Yu, 
    but he should be able to handle himself.  If you have time, you can go save 
    him, but he is not vital to the mission.  Once all three gates are 
    surrounded, Chen Gong will surrender to your forces and open all the gates.  
    This will piss off Xun Yu to no end and super charge him, but he is still 
    easy to defeat.  Defeat Xun Yu to complete the stage.
    
    
    ----------
    Zhang Liao
    ----------
    
    You start off on the western path.  Your first goal should be to take out the 
    two attack bases along that path.  Xun Yu will close the castle gates, but 
    Chen Gong will agree to open the castle gates when you have the castle 
    surrounded.  Make your way towards the castle, taking out the attack bases 
    and Yu Jin.  Xun Yu should eventually collapse the bridge behind you and 
    ambush your forces, but you should be long past that point by the time that 
    happens.  You don’t need the bridge anyways.  Continue your way towards Li 
    Dian.  Defeat him and then move onto the next gate, which is guarded by Man 
    Chong.  Your next goal should be Yue Jin.  This will defeat all three guards 
    of the gates.  How, all you have to do is get your troops towards the gates.  
    Helping Lu Bu defeat enemies and moving him towards the castle will allow the 
    castle to get surrounded faster.  Also, when the ambush behind Lu Bu arrives, 
    defeat them to get rid of that annoyance.  Once all three gates have been 
    surrounded, the only thing left is to take out Xun Yu, who is powered up, but 
    easy to defeat.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4f. Imperial Rescue
      5XLLMIMP        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    After Dong Zhuo was murdered, Li Jue and Guo Si looked to take over Dong 
    Zhuo’s place and continue his reign of tyranny.  Their plan was to take the 
    emperor and claim his power for themselves.  A man by the name of Cao Cao and 
    his loyal generals took to the field to stop this heinous plot.
    
    For this walkthrough, I have combined Xiahou Dun and Xu Zhu in one 
    walkthrough and Dian Wei and Cao Cao in a separate walkthrough, since they 
    follow similar paths.
    
    Dim Sum:  Defeat Guo Si
    
    Musou Wine:  Middle of the western most pathway, south of the area surrounded
       by a wooden fence (the fenced in area is marked with a square on the map)
    
    
    ---------------------
    Xiahou Dun and Xu Zhu
    ---------------------
    
    Li Jue is trying to escape with the emperor’s carriage.  You are first told 
    to cut off Li Jue’s retreat path.  You can do this by heading towards Guo Si 
    and defeating him and his sub general, Wang Fang.  Once Guo Si has been 
    defeated, it’s time to move towards the carriage.  By now, it should be on 
    the path going towards the boats.  Defeat Li Jue, who is defending the 
    emperor’s carriage.  Li Jue has a lot of life, but falls pretty easily.  Once 
    you have defeated Li Jue, the emperor now belongs the Cao Cao.  You probably 
    want to get rid of any remnant forces of Li Jue’s that are around the 
    emperor’s carriage, as they will immediately attack it once the emperor falls 
    into Cao Cao’s hands.  Now, the next mission is to keep the emperor’s 
    carriage safe.  You should get praised by your allies, which will raise 
    morale a good bit.  Now, your next foe should arrive near where Guo Si died.  
    That is Zhang Ji with his two sub generals, Zhang Xiu and Jia Xu.  They 
    should arrive at around the 3 minute 30 second mark.  Whenever an enemy unit 
    gets near the carriage, the carriage will stop, so make sure to defeat any 
    enemies that get near the emperor.  You can also ride out and start defeating 
    Zhang Ji and his sub generals to give the emperor a clear path.  Zhang Ji 
    should fall pretty easily.  After he is defeated, just clean up the mess he 
    made by defeating any remnant forces.  When the time hits around 6 minutes, 
    Lu Bu will arrive with his sub generals:  Chen Gong, Gao Shun, and Zhang 
    Liao.  They are all on the western path.  Quickly run through them as fast as 
    possible.  Lu Bu’s sub generals should not be that hard, but Lu Bu can be a 
    problem, as he powers himself up quite a bit.  Cao Cao will quickly change 
    his strategy and orders his troops to charge at Lu Bu, but you should already 
    have a head start on this.  Once Lu Bu is defeated, go and start taking care 
    of any enemy soldiers that are in front of the emperor’s carriage.  Once the 
    carriage gets into the southwestern area of the map, Yuan Shao will arrive 
    and claim the emperor for himself (it’s like the emperor was an object back 
    in those days).  He shows up at around 12 minutes and will bring three sub 
    generals himself:  Tian Feng, Yan Liang, and Zhang He.  You can chase after 
    him if you want, but the carriage might already make it safely to Luo Yang.  
    Still, it’s best to just go and try to prevent him from doing any damage, but 
    normally, Yuan Shao appears too late to do much of anything.  The stage ends 
    when the emperor reaches the southwestern area of the map.
    
    
    --------------------
    Dian Wei and Cao Cao
    --------------------
    
    First, head up the eastern path and take out Hu Che Er.  Keep going north 
    until you reach Li Jue.  Unfortunately, Li Meng and Zhao Cen will probably 
    get in your way, so defeat them if they do.  When you reach Li Jue, defeat 
    him.  He has a lot of life, but he has no defense.  Once you have claimed the 
    emperor, defeat any of Li Jue’s forces that might be around the emperor.  
    Also, you should receive praise from your allies, which raises morale.  By 
    this time, Zhang Ji should have arrived on the stage.  Both Guo Si and Zhang 
    Ji will begin to try to take back the emperor.  Defeat both of these 
    generals.  If you want, you can defeat their sub generals too.  Both Guo Si 
    and Zhang Ji should be easy to defeat.  Lu Bu should arrive on the stage at 
    around 6 minutes.  He will bring three sub generals:  Chen Gong, Gao Shun, 
    and Zhang Liao.  They will occupy most of the western path.  This will cause 
    Cao Cao to change the direction of the path and head towards the center.  He 
    will also commence a full out attack on Lu Bu, but you should already be 
    doing this.  Make your way down the western path, defeating Lu Bu’s sub 
    generals.  Once you get to Lu Bu, the battle should get more difficult, as Lu 
    Bu powers himself up with double attack and the like.  However, if you have a 
    musou rage token at hand, it will help out a lot.  Defeat Lu Bu and then 
    start taking out most of Lu Bu’s soldiers.  The last general to show up on 
    the stage should be Yuan Shao.  He will show up at 12 minutes.  By this time, 
    the emperor should already be very close to Luo Yang, so Yuan Shao should not 
    do that much damage.  Still, he brings three sub generals of his own:  Tian 
    Feng, Yan Liang, and Zhang He.  Also, he can power himself up just like Lu 
    Bu.  He may cause some problems, but he shouldn’t cause too many.  When the 
    emperor’s carriage reaches the southwestern part of the map, the stage is 
    completed.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4g. The Two Qiaos
      5XLLMTTQ        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    Two great heroes of Wu, Sun Ce and Zhou Yu, went to Jiang Dong in order to 
    marry the Two Qiaos, known as the Flowers of Jiang Dong and considered to be 
    the most beautiful women in China at the time.  However, the two Qiaos, on 
    orders from their late father, set up a test for the two heroes.  If the two 
    best friends were to marry the two Qiaos, they would need to not only prove 
    their skill, but prove their love as well.
    
    Dim Sum:  Defeat Zuo Ci
    
    Musou Wine:  In the center of the southeastern area (where Zhou Yu’s tiger
       trial occurs)
    
    
    -------
    Zhou Yu
    -------
    
    You start off by going east.  You can choose to fight the soldiers in the 
    area if you would like, but you don’t have to.  When you pass the first gate, 
    it closes behind you and you are faced with your first trial.  Do not quickly 
    rush into the middle of the field, as the first trial is to sneak past the 
    tigers that are scattered about the field.  The fastest, easiest, and best 
    way I’ve found requires the Red Hare Saddle.  First, follow the northern edge 
    until you hit the north gate in the area.  After that, quickly go southeast 
    towards the house on the other side of the gate.  Stay at the back end of the 
    north side of the house until you see the tiger in front of you start to run 
    away.  Then, go straight south until you reach the wall.  Then, follow that 
    wall until you reach the eastern gate.  Wait for the tiger in front of you to 
    start moving away from the eastern edge of the wall.  As soon as he moves, 
    make your move and just follow the eastern wall and you should be clear of 
    the tigers.  It does take patience and luck, as the tigers have a very huge 
    radius of detection, but this method has worked for me more than once.  If 
    you get caught by the tigers, you will have to face Han Dang and his two sub 
    generals, Zhu Zhi and Cheng Pu.  They are all electrified and overpowered.  
    Once you have passed the tiger area, head north towards the next gate.  Here, 
    you will be challenged by Huang Gai.  He is not that hard to beat, so defeat 
    him quickly and move on.  Pass through the gate and head towards the 
    northeast corner of the map.  You should face Zhou Tai next.  Zhou Tai is 
    more powerful than Huang Gai and does have a lot of defense, so be careful.  
    Defeat Zhou Tai and then move to the northeast corner of the map.  Here, you 
    will face Zuo Ci.  Zuo Ci is also very powerful and has a lot of health and 
    defense.  Defeat him and the two Qiaos will appear southwest of your 
    position, in the area you defeated Zhou Tai.  Now, in order to prove your 
    love, you must defeat Da Qiao and Xiao Qiao.  They are both overpowered and 
    both power themselves up after they lose some health.  Da Qiao will double 
    her defense and Xiao Qiao will double her attack.  When they are almost dead, 
    they will go into musou rage mode, making them even more deadly.  By the time 
    you are facing the two Qiaos, Sun Ce will join you in fighting them.  Watch 
    out for when one of the two Qiaos goes into musou rage mode, as when they are 
    in that mode, they can quickly kill Sun Ce.  Either way, your first priority 
    should be to protect Sun Ce.  Once you have defeated the two Qiaos, the stage 
    is completed.  Let the wedding banquet begin.
    
    
    ------
    Sun Ce
    ------
    
    You start off in the southwest part of the map and are told to head north.  
    You can fight the enemies in this area if you would like, but you don’t have 
    to.  Once you passed the north gate, the gate behind you will shut and tigers 
    and Beastmasters will appear.  Your first goal is to defeat all the 
    Beastmasters, which isn’t too hard.  The tigers shouldn’t pose any problems.  
    Once all the Beastmasters are defeated, Taishi Ci will show up as your next 
    challenge.  He is powered up, but still easy compared to the other generals 
    on the stage.  Once Taishi Ci is defeated, the next gate will open and allow 
    you to reach the center most part of the map.  Here, you will face off with 
    Zhou Tai.  Zhou Tai is also powered up with lots of health and defense, so 
    defeating him will be harder.  Once he falls, head northeast.  Here, you will 
    face off with Zuo Ci.  Zuo Ci is pretty powerful and has a strong and long 
    reaching move set, so be careful.  Once Zuo Ci is defeated, Da Qiao and Xiao 
    Qiao will appear back at the center of the map.  Head towards them and you 
    will get a cut scene where they offer a fight with you and Zhou Yu.  By this 
    time, Zhou Yu should be near or at where you are at.  Da Qiao and Xiao Qiao 
    are hard to defeat, as they power themselves up.  Da Qiao will double her 
    defense while Xiao Qiao will double her attack when they are injured a little 
    bit.  When they are almost defeated, they will go into musou rage mode.  
    While in musou rage mode, they can kill off Zhou Yu, which will cause you to 
    lose, so make sure you keep any sister that is in musou rage off of Zhou Yu.  
    Once they are both defeated, you win the two Qiaos’ hearts and the stage.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4h. Husbands and Wives
      5XLLMHAW        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    A good man always has a good woman behind him, as the old saying goes.  Four 
    women take to the battlefield with their husbands in a battle for the 
    Imperial Seal.  Zuo Ci will give the Imperial Seal will go to the strongest 
    couple.  However, the couple must make it through three trials that will test 
    their strength and their bond.
    
    For this walkthrough, I have combined Da Qiao and Xiao Qiao in one 
    walkthrough and Yue Ying and Zhen Ji in a separate walkthrough, as they 
    follow roughly the same paths.
    
    Dim Sum:  Defeat the real Zuo Ci
    
    Musou Wine:  Southwestern corner of the map.
    
    
    --------------------
    Zhen Ji and Yue Ying
    --------------------
    
    On this map, you must stay close to your husband.  You can only pass through 
    the trials if you are together with him, so lead your husband, but stay close 
    by.  Also, every 50 kills will power up your husband, turning him from a weak 
    general to a ferocious killer.  If you are Zhen Ji, you start off in the 
    northwest corner of the map.  If you are Yue Ying, you start off in the 
    northeast corner of the map.  Either way, your first objective should be to 
    enter the north castle.  Zuo Ci will immediately send troops to attack you.  
    Defeat them and guide your spouse to the north castle.  There, you will face 
    off against the first challenge, which is a phantom of Zuo Ci.  In this 
    castle, you should also get close to the other couple in the castle with you.  
    A cut scene should happen of a fight between the two ladies.  You will need 
    to defeat each couple at least once in order to win the seal.  If you 
    complete all three trials before getting the seal, the couples you don’t 
    fight will not acknowledge your victory and try to attack you for the seal.  
    They also become stronger at the end then they are right now, so take them 
    out now when they get in your path.  Also, when you defeat a husband, the 
    wife will go into musou rage.  If you defeat the wife, the husband will pull 
    back.  It will still go down as a victory for you.  The couples will return 
    once you have defeated them, but you only need to defeat them once.  Once you 
    have defeated the other couple, leave the castle.  Sometimes it’s hard to get 
    your husband out of the maze like insides of the castle, but just lead him 
    out.  He will go to the spot that you are in, so sometimes you just have to 
    move slowly and be patient.  You can pick either castle you want, but I 
    normally go to the eastern castle next.  Along your way to the next castle, 
    try to get into a fight with Da Qiao.  Defeat her and move on to the next 
    castle.  There, you will face off with two clones of your husband.  Defeat 
    them to complete the second trial.  Zuo Ci should now ambush you, but it 
    should be easy to defeat.  Now, go towards the next castle.  Defeat Xiao Qiao 
    on your way there.  That should be the end of all three of the other couples.  
    Now, move on to the last castle.  Your final trial will be a match against 
    the real Zuo Ci.  He is more powerful than the Zuo Ci phantom, but your 
    husband should be able to help you out in this fight.  Once Zuo Ci is 
    defeated, he will declare your couple the strongest.  If you have defeated 
    all the other couples, they will acknowledge your victory and the Imperial 
    Seal is yours.  If you have not defeated all three couples, the couples you 
    have not defeated will chase after you and try to defeat you.  You will need 
    to defeat the other couples before you get the Imperial Seal and the victory.
    
    
    ---------------------
    Da Qiao and Xiao Qiao
    ---------------------
    
    You must stay pretty close to your husband on this map.  Zuo Ci will not let 
    you start a trial without your partner.  Also, if you get 50 kills, it will 
    power up your weak husband, making them stronger and actually able to kill 
    soldiers.  You start off near your sister and her spouse.  Move north towards 
    the eastern castle.  Zuo Ci will ambush you with soldiers.  When you get near 
    your sister, you will hear some playful banter, but nothing serious.  Yet.  
    Once you make it to the eastern castle, you will start your first test, which 
    are phantoms of Zuo Ci.  There will be three of them that appear.  Defeat all 
    four of them and you will pass the first trial, along with your sister.  
    Unfortunately, the good will doesn’t last forever, as Da Qiao and Xiao Qiao 
    will get into a fight over who’s husband is the best.  It looks like Sun Ce 
    and Zhou Yu are going to be dragged into a fight whether they like it or not.  
    Either way, defeat the other couple.  Once your sister and brother-in-law are 
    defeated, move towards the north castle.  This would be a good time to defeat 
    the other two couples.  If you do not defeat each couple at least once, at 
    the end, they will not acknowledge you being better then they are and will 
    challenge you for the seal.  They are stronger in the end than they are right 
    now, so it’s best to take out all couples right now.  If you defeat a 
    husband, the wife will go into musou rage mode and you will still need to 
    defeat the wife.  If you defeat a wife, the husband and wife will both 
    retreat.  Both ways will give you a victory over the other couple.  When you 
    enter the northern castle, you will face off with the second trial, which is 
    two phantoms of your husband.  Defeat the two phantoms to pass the trial.  
    Now, head south towards the western castle.  There should be an ambush by Zuo 
    Ci to try to catch you off guard, but the soldiers are easy to defeat.  Once 
    you reach the western castle, it is here where you will face the final trial, 
    which is a duel with the real Zuo Ci.  He is more powerful than the phantom 
    Zuo Cis, but you and your husband should be strong enough to defeat him 
    pretty quickly.  If you have defeated the three other couples on the map at 
    least once, you will gain the Imperial Seal and complete the stage.  If not, 
    you will need to defeat any couple you have not defeated in order to claim 
    the Imperial Seal and the victory.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4i. Battle of Ji Castle
      5XLLMBJC        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    Cao Cao is attempting to invade Liang.  Ma Chao, thirsty for vengeance, is 
    out to not only drive out Cao Cao, but take his head as well.  Pang De, a 
    great warrior from Liang and a loyal general under Ma Chao, is willing to 
    help him out.  However, there has to be something more to life than 
    vengeance...
    
    Dim Sum:  Defeat Xiahou Yuan
    
    Musou Wine:  West of the northeastern checkpoint
    
    
    -------
    Ma Chao
    -------
    
    Your objective is to defeat all officers of Cao Cao.  When the stage starts, 
    head over towards Du Xi and defeat him.  Since he is the general that is the 
    most out of the way, he should die while you are in the area.  Now, head 
    towards Jiang Xu and defeat him.  Liang Kuan should be next.  He is 
    overpowered and electrified, but he’s no match for Ma Chao on a horse.  Hell, 
    he’s no match for Ma Chao on the ground.  Defeat him and make your way 
    towards Ji Castle.  Zhao Ang is there waiting for you.  He is also 
    overpowered and electrified.  Around this time, Zhang He should arrive for 
    the dance, but he will need to wait his turn.  Defeat Zhao Ang and move on 
    towards the castle.  Once inside, Zhang He should be there waiting for you, 
    along with Yin Feng.  Yin Feng should fall quickly, but Zhang He is the third 
    overpowered, electrified general you will face.  Defeat the two generals and 
    make your way towards Wei Kang.  Wei Kang sets up an ambush inside the 
    castle, but the soldiers are easy to defeat.  Make your way towards Wei Kang, 
    who is also overpowered and electrified.  Defeat Wei Kang and take Ji Castle.  
    However, this is not enough for the vengeful Ma Chao.  Xiahou Yuan should be 
    near the castle, so run him through.  Of course, like every other general on 
    the map, he’s electrified also.  If he is not the last general on the map, 
    hunt down any generals that may still be alive (Zhu Ling should be the only 
    one that should be even close to alive, unless Pang De was really slacking 
    off) and Cao Cao’s forces will be completely driven out of the area.
    
    
    -------
    Pang De
    -------
    
    Your objective in this battle at the beginning is to take Ji Castle.  You 
    start off on the southern path.  You first objective should be to take out 
    the attack base and Yang Fu.  Defeat the enemy general and capture the base.  
    Continue following the path.  You will get ambushed by soldiers once you get 
    passed the attack base, but they should be easy to clear out.  Your next 
    objective should be Zhu Ling and the attack base he is guarding.  Defeat them 
    both and continue moving on.  Once you get to the castle, drop in and say hi 
    to all the generals inside the castle.  Defeat Yin Feng and then start 
    opening the gates.  Now, Zhang He should appear to the right of the castle.  
    After Pang De’s witty remark that should leave you nightmares about Pang De 
    and Zhang He dancing, defeat Zhang He.  Once Xiahou Yuan arrives, your 
    conditions change.  You will need to take Ji Castle AND defeat Xiahou Yuan.  
    Simple enough.  Since you’re already there, defeat Wei Kang and take Ji 
    Castle.  One objective down, one more to go.  Make your way outside the 
    castle through the front gate.  Zhao Ang should be there to greet you.  
    Defeat him and head outside.  Liang Kuan should be the next victim.  Once he 
    is defeated, head west.  There, Ma Chao should be fighting with Du Xi and 
    Xiahou Yuan.  Xiahou Yuan will try to convince Pang De to switch sides, but 
    Pang De will have none of it.  Defeat Du Xi and Xiahou Yuan and the stage is 
    completed.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4j. Battle of Jia Meng Gate
      5XLLMJMG        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    In order to fulfill Zhuge Liang’s plan of the Three Kingdoms, Liu Bei must 
    take over the lands of his kinsman, Liu Zhang.  Liu Zhang, upon hearing that 
    Liu Bei intends to take his lands, request the aid of the mystic Zhang Lu.  
    Among the generals Zhang Lu controls, there is a faction of Xiang warriors, 
    lead by the splendid Ma Chao.
    
    Dim Sum:  Defeat Yang Bo
    
    Musou Wine:  Before the first bend of the path leading out of the northeast
       gate of the castle, near Zhang Fei’s starting point
    
    
    ---------
    Zhang Fei
    ---------
    
    At the beginning, Zhuge Liang’s plan is to attack Zhang Lu on three sides.  
    You start off on the middle path.  Ma Chao charges out at you right from the 
    beginning.  You will get a cut scene where Ma Chao jumps off of his horse, 
    onto Zhang Fei’s spear, and then back onto his horse.  Also, you should get 
    another cut scene where Zhang Wei tosses boulders onto Wei Yan.  Zhuge Liang 
    will devise a plan to get Ma Chao to join your forces.  You will need to 
    defeat Ma Chao.  Once you have injured Ma Chao a little, he will heal himself 
    and then double his defense, making him that much harder to defeat.  Once you 
    have defeated him, he will run off in shame.  Now, go towards the 
    southeastern part of the map.  You will want to cut off both enemy 
    checkpoints there quickly to prevent reinforcements.  While you are there, 
    defeat Ma Dai and the attack base.  This will cause Zhang Lu’s faith in Ma 
    Chao to decrease even more.  Now, go back to Ma Chao and defeat him again.  
    He will do that annoying heal and double defense thing again, but since 
    you’ve already defeated him once, you should be able to do it again.  
    Defeating Ma Chao will cause him to surrender and join Liu Bei’s forces.  Now 
    it’s time to focus on defeating the all the Yangs.  The first Yang you should 
    defeat is Yang Ang.  The next one to fall should be Yang Song.  Finally, 
    defeat Yang Ren.  By this time Lei Tong should bring reinforcements, but it 
    should be too late for Zhang Lu to recover in this battle.  You can either 
    put an end to Zhang Lu’s misery right now, or you can defeat the other 
    generals that are still on the map.  Zhang Wei will probably be alive at this 
    point in time, so you can go after him if you would like.  Either way, after 
    you are done having fun defeating soldiers and generals, finish off Zhang Lu 
    and complete the stage.
    
    
    -----------
    Zhuge Liang
    -----------
    
    The plan at the start is to attack Zhang Lu on three sides.  Your side is the 
    eastern side.  Head towards the enemy attack base and then take the base.  
    Your next goal should be to defeat Ma Dai.  Once Ma Dai is defeated, 
    reinforcements will attempt to arrive from the two southeastern checkpoints.  
    Close both checkpoints and prevent any reinforcements.  By this time, Zhang 
    Wei should be throwing rocks at Wei Yan.  Zhang Lu should scold Ma Chao a 
    couple of times and lose faith in him.  Perhaps Zhuge Liang is planning 
    something in regards to Ma Chao...  Head over to Ma Chao, who should be 
    beating up on Zhang Fei, and weaken him.  Once he is weaken, he will double 
    his defense and heal himself.  Zhuge Liang will start to plot Ma Chao’s 
    defection.  Defeat Ma Chao and weaken the bond between him and Zhang Lu.  Ma 
    Chao will appear again at the center of the map.  Defeat him once again and 
    Ma Chao will lose faith in his fighting ability, only to be asked to join Liu 
    Bei’s forces by Zhuge Liang.  Once Ma Chao joins you, both armies will start 
    to charge at each other.  You should first take out the center defense base 
    and then defeat Yang Ang.  The next Yang you should take out is Yang Song.  
    Finally, take out Yang Ren and the Yang trio should be gone.  Lei Tong should 
    have arrived as reinforcements for Zhang Lu.  You can head towards Zhang Lu 
    now and defeat him or you can defeat any other generals that may be on the 
    map (such as Zhang Wei, who Wei Yan probably hasn’t defeated yet) and get 
    their power up bonuses.  Either way, when you finally decide to take out 
    Zhang Lu, make your way northeast to where he is at and defeat him to end the 
    mission.
    
    
    -------
    Wei Yan
    -------
    
    I should do this entire walkthrough in Wei Yan speak!  Or...maybe not.  You 
    start off by following Zhuge Liang’s plan to attack Zhang Lu on three sides.  
    You start off along the western path.  Follow that path northwards until 
    Zhang Wei starts rolling rocks onto you.  Obviously, you aren’t going to let 
    that stand, so ignore the rocks and head towards Zhang Wei.  Defeat his sub 
    general, Yan Pu, and then make your way towards your target.  Defeat Zhang 
    Wei and let him no that no one throws rocks at you and gets away with it.  
    Now, it’s time to move onto converting Ma Chao.  Zhuge Liang will tell you to 
    cut off the enemy reinforcements from the east.  Head all the way to the 
    other side of the map to the southeast and seal off both gates in that area.  
    Also, defeat Ma Dai and the attack base that are in the area.  This will 
    cause Zhang Lu to lose faith in Ma Chao.  Now, go back to where Ma Chao is 
    and defeat him.  Defeating him is not easy, as after he takes some damage, he 
    will heal himself and then double his defense.  However, once he is defeated, 
    he will retreat and run away and Zhang Lu will scold him for running.  It 
    will not take long for him to reappear again.  It’s time to go round two with 
    Ma Chao.  He will again pull off his heal and double defense trick, but you 
    should be more ready for his tricks this time.  Once he is defeated this 
    second time, he will join your forces (although honestly, Wei Yan doesn’t 
    seem like he would be the world greatest persuader).  Once you have Ma Chao 
    on your side, he will go charge Zhang Lu.  In the meantime, you should focus 
    on defeating the Yang triplets.  Start off by defeating Yang Ang.  After he 
    is defeated, go after Yang Song.  Finally, since Yang Ren is probably feeling 
    lonely on the battlefield, send him to join his brethren by defeating him as 
    well.  Lei Tong should arrive to reinforce Zhang Lu, but it should be too 
    little too late.  Defeat Lei Tong and then defeat Yang Bo, Zhang Lu’s sub 
    general.  Finally, finish off Zhang Lu and victory...is...yours...  Sorry, 
    couldn’t resist.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4k. Battle of Yang Ping Gate
      5XLLMJMG        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    Zhang Lu, the leader of the Five Bushel Sect, is currently in control of Han 
    Zhong.  Known as a powerful mystic, he is currently standing in the way of 
    Cao Cao’s expansion.  Defeat Zhang Lu’s cheap tricks and gimmicks and take 
    control of the vital Han Zhong area.
    
    For this walkthrough, Cao Cao and Zhang He will have the same walkthrough as 
    they follow the same path.  The other two generals will have their own 
    separate walkthroughs.
    
    Dim Sum:  Defeat Pang De
    
    Musou Wine:  East of the two eastern statues on the path to the third level
    
    
    --------------------
    Cao Cao and Zhang He
    --------------------
    
    Facing the huge mountain that you are going to have to climb, you start off 
    at the center of the lower level.  You need to start advancing upwards.  
    First, take the small path that is on the eastern side of the lower level 
    (not the path that Xiahou Yuan is on).  Following this path will allow you to 
    reach the second level.  Shu reinforcements should arrive, but your generals 
    should be able to deal with them for now.  Also, Zhang Lu should create fake 
    Wei soldiers to confuse your army.  Defeating Zhang Lu will defeat the fake 
    Wei soldiers.  Zhang Lu will disappear right before you get the final hit on 
    him and move to his main camp.  You will discover statues on the second 
    level.  Breaking the statues will cause the stairs to appear on the first 
    level, allowing your army to move upwards.  However, when you destroy a 
    statue, move away from it quickly, as it will explode.  Lei Tong should be in 
    the area trying to distract you, but defeat him quickly and continue 
    destroying statues.  Destroy all the statues to cause the stairs to appear.  
    Now, it’s time to clear out the second level of generals.  There should be 
    only two generals left, Yang Song and his sub general Yang Bo.  Defeat them 
    both and then take the northeastern path to the next level.  Zhao Yun will 
    arrive on this path with his sub general, Meng Da.  Defeat them both and 
    continue on the path.  You will notice two more statues at the end of the 
    path.  Destroy them and the next set of stairs to appear.  Zhang Lu will 
    appear next to Zhang Wei and start to pray.  Once their prayer is complete, 
    they will convert some of your soldiers to their side, so do give him a 
    chance to complete his prayer.  Run over to Zhang Wei and defeat him.  This 
    will cause the spell to be broken and Zhang Lu will retreat again.  Now, it’s 
    time to clear off this level of generals.  Huang Zhong should be chasing 
    after you with his sub general, Yan Yan.  Defeat the two old men and then go 
    after Zhang Lu’s sub general, Yang Ren.  He should be close to Yang Ping 
    Gate.  Defeat Yang Ren and face off against Pang De.  Pang De is in hyper 
    overpowered mode and will go into musou rage when almost dead, so be careful.  
    Once Pang De is defeated, Yang Ping Gate will open, allowing you access to 
    the annoying Zhang Lu.  Now, what you can do is chase down the rest of the 
    generals on the map and defeat them before fighting Zhang Lu or just defeat 
    Zhang Lu and end the stage.  The choice is yours.
    
    
    -----------
    Xiahou Yuan
    -----------
    
    Cao Cao’s plan is to attack Zhang Lu on three sides.  Your side is the 
    eastern side.  Head up the east path.  When you get to Yang Ang, you should 
    get ambushed by Shu.  Li Yan will appear with Lei Tong.  Defeat all three 
    generals and then continue along the path.  Zhang Lu will summon fake Wei 
    troops to attack Cao Cao, but this shouldn’t cause you any problems.  
    Continue up the path until you get ambushed by Zhao Yun.  He will bring a sub 
    general, Meng Da.  Defeat both Shu generals and continue moving north.  When 
    you get near the northeast supply base, Zhang Fei will ambush you with Zhang 
    Bao.  Defeat the two of them to prepare the downward assault on Zhang Lu.  
    When you start your downward assault, Zhang Lu will retreat to the main camp.  
    Now, you have many options here.  You can go around and take out the multiple 
    generals still on the board, or you can just defeat Zhang Lu to end the 
    stage.  If you would like to get your troops up there to help you out with 
    Zhang Lu, head back down to the second level.  Defeat Yang Bo and Yang Song 
    and start destroying statues.  This will cause the stairs to rise up and 
    allow your forces to take control of the second level.  Make your way up the 
    eastern path to the third level and repeat the process, defeating Zhang Wei, 
    Yang Ren, Huang Zhong, and Yan Yan on this level.  Destroy statues again and 
    make the stairs appear.  Now, you will face off with Pang De, who is in hyper 
    overpowered mode.  He will go into musou rage mode when he is almost dead, so 
    be careful when fighting him.  When he is defeated, Yang Ping Gate will open.  
    Guan Yu should appear behind your forces, so you can either chase him down 
    and defeat him or just defeat Zhang Lu and finish the stage.
    
    
    -------
    Cao Ren
    -------
    
    You start off on the western path.  Your first mission is to head to the 
    summit.  Just follow the path heading up.  Shu reinforcements will arrive as 
    soon as you start making your way up the path.  Zhang Yi will appear on your 
    side with his sub general Liu Feng.  Defeat Liu Feng and continue to make 
    your ascent.  Take out the attack base that is in your way.  The next 
    obstacle in your path is Yan Pu.  Defeat him and make your way towards Zhang 
    Yi.  Huang Zhong should have appeared by now, but you cannot reach him yet.  
    Once you have made your way to Zhang Yi, defeat him.  Now, head east through 
    the gate.  Once you have passed through the gate, you will discover strange 
    statues on this level.  Break all the statues to uncover the staircases.  
    First, you will probably want to clear out the generals on this stage of the 
    map.  The first general on this level that you should defeat should be Yang 
    Ren.  Defeat him and move on to Zhang Wei.  Zhao Yun should arrive and start 
    chasing you down.  He brings his sub general Meng Da with him.  Defeat the 
    two of them and then start breaking statues.  They are mostly on the front 
    part of the cliff.  When you break a statue, run away, as it will explode and 
    it will damage you.  When you cause the first set of stairs to arise, you 
    will get a cut scene.  Before you head down the stairs, you might want to 
    backtrack and defeat Huang Zhong, who should be accessible now.  Defeat him 
    and his sub general, Yan Yan.  Now, head back down to the second level and 
    start clearing out the generals that are there.  You should defeat Yang Bo 
    and Yang Song first.  If Zhang Lu is still on this level, defeat him as well.  
    Destroy statues if they have not already been destroyed and raise the 
    staircases.  Guan Yu will appear from behind to attack Cao Cao, so it is best 
    to head back down and defeat him and Guan Xing first before launching the 
    attack on Yang Ping Gate.  Zhang Fei will also appear, but he appears in the 
    northwest away from everyone.  Defeat him and his sub general, Zhang Bao, if 
    you would like, or you can just charge Yang Ping gate.  The gate is guarded 
    by Pang De, who is in hyper electrified mode.  He will go into musou rage 
    when he is almost dead.  Once Pang De is defeated, Yang Ping Gate will open.  
    The only thing left to do is defeat Zhang Lu.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4l. Battle of Ru Xu Kou
      5XLLMRXK        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    What would you do after suffering a humiliating defeat?  Would you give up 
    and run away or would you continue to battle on?  After the humiliating 
    defeat at He Fei, Wu was not about ready to give up.  At Ru Xu Kou, Wu was 
    looking for revenge and to regain honor lost at He Fei.
    
    In this walkthrough, I have combined Taishi Ci and Lu Meng in one walkthrough 
    and Zhou Tai and Ling Tong in a separate walkthrough, as they follow the same 
    path.  Gan Ning has his own walkthrough.
    
    Dim Sum:  Defeat Cao Ren
    
    Musou Wine:  Southeast of the western attack base
    
    
    ---------------------
    Taishi Ci and Lu Meng
    ---------------------
    
    The plan is to support Gan Ning and his surprise attack.  You start off at 
    the southern part of the map.  Head over and quickly take over the attack 
    base.  Continue to make your way east towards the eastern attack base.  You 
    will face off against Zhang Liao.  Defeat him and he will run off in typical 
    Zhang Liao fashion.  Continue to make your way towards the eastern path.  
    Before you reach the attack base, you will face off against Yu Jin.  Defeat 
    him and start attacking the base.  Xiahou Dun is protecting the base, so 
    defeat him and then take the base.  Zhang Liao will return to the battle 
    field in the southeast.  Head back to where he is at and defeat him again.  
    Once again, he runs off.  By this time, Gan Ning should have defeated 
    everyone in the center and will be heading off towards the main camp.  Xu 
    Huang should have ran to the center by now, so head towards him and face off 
    with him.  He will have his sub general, Li Dian, there with him, so defeat 
    them both.  This will control the center for Wu and set up a boat to the 
    enemy main camp.  Zhang Liao should have appeared for a third time.  Run over 
    to this annoying bastard and defeat him again.  This time, he is more 
    powerful and is in hyper mode.  However, this should be the last battle with 
    him, so defeat him and head towards the main camp.  Cao Ren is guarding the 
    main camp, but he is not the final opponent.  Defeat him and Cao Cao will 
    appear with three sub generals:  Jia Xiu, Man Chong, and Niu Jin.  They will 
    all appear in the northern part of the map, so you can defeat them all if you 
    would like.  Cao Cao will be in hyper overpowered mode and will double his 
    attack when injured and go into musou rage when almost dead.  Defeat Cao Cao 
    to finish the stage and bring honor back to Wu.
    
    
    --------
    Gan Ning
    --------
    
    You start off at the center of the map.  Your mission is to do a surprise 
    attack on the Wei forces at the center.  Take out the supply base that you 
    start off near and then start working on Cao Ren’s sub generals.  The first 
    one you should defeat is Cao Hong.  Next, you should defeat Cao Zhen.  
    Finally, defeat Cao Xiu.  This will cause Xu Huang and Xiahou Dun to start to 
    charge the center.  Defeat Xiahou Dun first and then head back for Xu Huang.  
    Before you face off with Xu Huang, head towards the western pier to make the 
    Wu boat to show up.  This will give your forces a shortcut to the center.  
    Defeat Xu Huang and the central land is yours.  If you get near Ling Tong, 
    you will get a cut scene between the two.  Now, make your way across the 
    western boat and head north.  Once you reach the northern area near the main 
    camp, a boat will appear there.  Cross the boat into the main camp and defeat 
    Cao Ren.  Cao Ren will power himself up, but he isn’t too terribly difficult.  
    Cao Ren’s defeat will cause Cao Cao to appear.  Cao Cao will appear with 
    three generals:  Jia Xiu, Man Chong, and Niu Jin.  They will all appear in 
    the northern section of the map, but none will be anywhere near Cao Cao.  You 
    can defeat the sub generals if you would like, but if not, they should not 
    interrupt your battle with Cao Cao.  Cao Cao is overpowered and will double 
    his attack when injured and go into musou rage when near death, but if defeat 
    him, the stage is over and victory is yours.
    
    
    ----------------------
    Zhou Tai and Ling Tong
    ----------------------
    
    You start off at the western side of the map.  Your first objective is to 
    take the western attack base while Gan Ning stirs up trouble in the center.  
    Continue heading north towards Xu Huang.  Along your way there, defeat Li 
    Dian.  Face off with Xu Huang and defeat him.  Now, head towards the center 
    of the map and help Gan Ning out.  Defeat any of Cao Ren’s sub generals that 
    are in the area and clear out the center.  This will cause Xiahou Dun to 
    charge the center.  Meet him on his way there and defeat him.  Gan Ning will 
    begin to make his way north.  You can either go assist Lu Meng and Taishi Ci 
    with Zhang Liao or you can head north and make your way towards Cao Ren.  
    Either way, you will need to eventually charge into the main camp and fight 
    Cao Ren.  Once Cao Ren is defeated, Cao Cao will appear.  He brings with him 
    Jia Xiu, Man Chong, and Niu Jin, who all appear in the northern section of 
    the map.  You can defeat them if you would like or you can just face off with 
    Cao Cao.  Cao Cao is overpowered and will double his attack when he loses 
    some life.  When he is close to defeat, he will go into musou rage.  Defeat 
    him and Wei will be defeated.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4m. Battle of Han Shui
      5XLLMBHS        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    Han Zhong, a very important area for both Cao Cao and Liu Bei, was constantly 
    fought over.  One outpost in the Han Zhong area, Han Shui, was in the hands 
    of Shu.  Cao Cao quickly marched on Han Shui, which was guarded by two great 
    generals, a young dragon and an old tiger.
    
    Dim Sum:  Defeat Cao Pi
    
    Musou Wine:  Along the northern river, west of the southern bridge leading
       into Wei’s main camp, near Cao Cao’s starting point.
    
    
    --------
    Zhao Yun
    --------
    
    Your first objective is to defend the Shu main base.  You accomplish this by 
    preventing any of the Task Leaders from entering your main base.  You start 
    off standing on a bridge leading into your main base.  Defeat all enemies 
    that dare to set foot onto your bridge.  Your priority in regards to which 
    enemies to kill first should be as follows:  Task Leaders, generals, 
    soldiers.  Normally, you can ignore the archers, as they should be too far 
    away to do anything.  Always defeat a Task Leader first.  Sometimes, they 
    will head towards the bridge and then run away again.  Ignore them, as they 
    will eventually come back.  Task Leaders also like to try to sneak behind 
    you.  Always try to have a view of the entire bridge entrance.  You do not 
    have to stand on the very entrance to the bridge.  You can be further back on 
    the bridge.  This will give you a little more reaction time.  Also, there are 
    normally lots of power ups that are dropped that will help out a lot.  If you 
    let too many Task Leaders into your base, your morale will fall and Cao Cao 
    will eventually charge your camp.  It takes about 20 Task Leaders to get 
    through for Cao Cao to charge and by that time, you’re main base should be 
    about to fall anyways.  However, it is pretty easy to defend the bridge.  
    Even if you let a couple Task Leaders through, the soldiers behind you can 
    take care of a couple of them.  When you’ve defended the bridge for about a 
    minute, Cao Zhang will charge the bridge.  Defeat him and then continue 
    defeating Task Leaders.  When you’ve defended the bridge for about 3 minutes, 
    Sun Li will appear and charge the bridge.  Defeat him and continue defeating 
    any and all Wei soldiers.  After five minutes, Yue Jin will give up charging 
    the main base.  This is your time to charge out yourself.  By this time, the 
    sneak attack lead by Huang Zhong should have failed, as it normally does on 
    Hard mode.  After Yue Jin gives up, you can abandon the bridge and lead the 
    charge against Wei.  First, head north and beat up on Yue Jin for sending 
    that many soldiers against you.  Zhuge Liang will appear now and start to 
    direct traffic.  Once Yue Jin is defeated, you will want to head towards the 
    eastern gate of the Shu main camp and stop Cao Xiu and Cao Hong’s attack.  Xu 
    Huang should appear as an enemy reinforcement.  Rush over to him and defeat 
    him.  Now, it’s time to move onto Cao Cao.  Defeating Cao Cao alone will not 
    end the stage, as your mission is to defeat Cao Cao and take the Wei main 
    base.  Cao Cao has a lot of health and defense, but he is not electrified or 
    overpowered, so he should not pose too much of a threat.  Now, it’s time to 
    move onto Wei’s main base.  There are only two generals inside the base, but 
    they are both electrified.  Zhen Ji should be your first target.  She takes a 
    while to defeat, but she doesn’t increase any of her stats.  Cao Pi is your 
    final target.  He is also electrified, but he doesn’t raise any of his stats 
    either.  Defeat Cao Pi and drive the Wei forces out of Han Zhong.
    
    
    -----------
    Huang Zhong
    -----------
    
    Unlike Zhao Yun’s mission of power, Huang Zhong’s mission is more about 
    stealth.  You will need to kill the soldiers out on patrol with your bow.  
    You can normally hit then around corners and while on cliffs without them 
    noticing you.  Keep your map in the zoomed in mode to get a better idea of 
    where all the Defense Captains are placed.  The guards have a pretty wide 
    radius, so you will have to have some distance when snipping them.  There are 
    boxes of arrows along the path, so you don’t have to worry about conserving 
    arrows too much.  Still, you cannot be reckless with them.  Also, you need to 
    move quickly, as the longer you take, the more likely the Shu main camp will 
    be overrun by Yue Jin.  The better your performance, the better Zhao Yun is 
    able to defend the main camp.  There are 12 Defense Captains in all.  When 
    you have killed them all without being seen and then cross the bridge, you 
    will have completed the sneak attack on the Wei main camp.  The first general 
    you should defeat at the main camp is Zhen Ji.  Once she is defeated, take 
    out her husband, Cao Pi.  This will give you Wei’s main camp.  Zhuge Liang 
    should appear with Ma Su.  They should start advancing on Cao Cao.  Now it’s 
    your turn to advance on Cao Cao as well.  Xu Huang should appear as 
    reinforcements for Wei.  Defeat him  and then start your march on Cao Cao.  
    You can either defeat the other generals still on the map or you can head 
    straight for Cao Cao and end the stage.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4n. Battle of Mai Castle
      5XLLMBMC        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    Shu and Wu combined for a time in an effort against Wei.  That all changed 
    when Shu took the Jing province, which Wu considered part of their territory.  
    Liu Bei sent Guan Yu to protect this area.  Lu Meng, a skilled man in both 
    the martial arts and in strategy, decided that Guan Yu was too much of a 
    threat to be left alive.  Lu Meng would join forces with Wei in order to 
    finally put an end to the God of War.  However, Guan Yu would not go down 
    without a fight...
    
    For this walkthrough, I have combined Guan Yu and Guan Ping together, as they 
    follow the same path.  Xing Cai has her own walkthrough.
    
    Dim Sum:  Defeat Xu Huang
    
    Musou Wine:  South of the central supply base (along the path that Han Dang
       takes to pincer attack the main castle)
    
    
    ---------------------
    Guan Yu and Guan Ping
    ---------------------
    
    You start off inside the castle.  You want to start defeating any generals 
    that get near the castle.  The first general you should defeat is Man Chong.  
    Once he is defeated, your next target should be Niu Jin, who has already 
    entered the castle.  Finally, defeat Zhu Ling.  This will clear off the first 
    wave of soldiers.  Lu Meng will order the second wave to charge at you.  Head 
    back to the south gate and defeat Jiang Qin.  After Jiang Qin is defeated, 
    you should see Zhu Ran and Xu Sheng arrive.  Defeat them as well.  Finally, 
    head over to the west gate and defeat Cheng Pu.  One of your soldiers will 
    tell you that the reinforcements have been blocked by the enemy.  You will 
    need to head east.  Once you get too far along the path, Lu Meng will spring 
    an ambush.  Defeat the leader of the ambush party, Pan Zhang, and move on.  
    When you get to the northeastern checkpoint, Ma Zhong will ambush you.  
    Defeat Ma Zhong, secure the checkpoint, and reinforcements will arrive.  
    Next, take out the supply base and head south.  Take out the supply base 
    there as well and then defeat the third ambush party, lead by Lu Xun.  Once 
    Lu Xun is defeated, take out both checkpoints in the southeast.  This will 
    bring more reinforcements and cause Cao Ren to have to arrive near Lu Meng.  
    Zhang Fei will arrive as reinforcements.  Lu Meng should call for an all out 
    desperate charge.  Head back north to your castle.  You may run into Han Dang 
    on the way or you may not.  Once you reach your castle, Xu Huang should be 
    near it.  Defeat him and then start making your way south towards Lu Meng.  
    Zhang Bao and Liu Bei should appear as more reinforcements.  Keep going south 
    until you run into Gan Ning.  Defeat him and make your way towards Lu Meng.  
    There are a lot of soldiers in this area, but they are all easy to defeat.  
    Once you reach Lu Meng, change history and take his head instead of the other 
    way around.  All that now remains is Cao Ren.  Run over to him and defeat him 
    and the Wei/Wu alliance has been crushed.
    
    --------
    Xing Cai
    --------
    
    You start off at the southeast corner of the map.  Your goal is to make your 
    way to the besieged Guan Yu.  First, take out the supply base that is 
    directly north of you.  Lu Xun should arrive to reinforce the enemy.  He 
    should be your next target.  Once Lu Xun is defeated, take control of the 
    checkpoint in this area and then move north.  Lu Meng will divert attention 
    from Guan Yu to you for the moment, but don’t worry about them for now.  Take 
    out the northeast supply base.  Ma Zhong will appear.  Defeat him and then 
    take the northeast checkpoint.  This will allow Zhang Bao to appear with 
    reinforcements.  Xu Sheng should be chasing you now, so defeat him.  Now, 
    it’s time to save Guan Ping.  Continue to take the northern path to where 
    Guan Ping is.  You will get a cut scene here.  Defeat Pan Zhang and then 
    continue to make your way to Mai Castle.  Guan Yu is in a bit of a jam right 
    now, so start defeating any and all generals in this area.  Cao Ren will 
    appear where you started at, so wait until he starts making his way north and 
    then go out and greet him.  Cao Ren has two sub generals, Jiang Ji and Sun 
    Li, so make sure you greet them as well.  I mean, after all, they came all 
    the way from Wei to see you, so you should treat them with the respect you 
    treat all enemy generals.  Once you have defeated Cao Ren, Guan Yu will thank 
    you for saving his sorry ass and then decides to try to do something about 
    the mess he is in.  Help out his charge by defeating Gan Ning, Xu Huang, and 
    Zhu Ling.  Now, the only general on the map that should be left is Lu Meng.  
    Go over to him and make him realize how big of a mistake picking a fight with 
    Shu was.  Once Lu Meng is defeated, Guan Yu is officially rescued.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4o. Battle of Xin Castle
      5XLLMBXC        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    Meng Da was a Shu soldier that betrayed Shu and then joined Wei.  However, 
    Meng Da would later attempt to betray Wei and rejoin Shu.  However, Cao Pi 
    and his Wei army would do everything possible not to let the traitor double 
    cross them...
    
    I have combined Sima Yi, Xu Huang, and Cao Pi into one walkthrough, as they 
    generally follow the same path.
    
    Dim Sum:  Defeat Ma Chao
    
    Musou Wine:  Near the southwest checkpoint
    
    
    -----------------------------
    Sima Yi, Xu Huang, and Cao Pi
    -----------------------------
    
    If you’re Sima Yi or Cao Pi, you start off in the northwest.  If you are Xu 
    Huang, you start off in the northeast.  Either way, your first goal is to 
    defeat all the generals outside Xin Castle.  There are four officers:  Deng 
    Xian, Li Fu, Shen Dan, and Shen Yi.  They are all easy to defeat.  While you 
    are defeating officers, Meng Da’s soldiers will talk about surrendering to 
    you.  All the generals you defeat will surrender and point the finger at Meng 
    Da.  Don’t worry about defeating the soldiers and just aim for the generals.  
    Once you have defeated all the generals, Meng Da’s soldiers will surrender 
    and open the gates to Xin Castle.  Li Yan will soon appear with Shu 
    reinforcements.  He will arrive with his sub general, Jiang Wan.  Sima Yi 
    will then give orders to close off each of the three checkpoints to the 
    south.  Ignore Li Yan for now and take control of the three checkpoints.  If 
    you don’t close off the three gates, Wei Yan will appear with Wang Ping as 
    the first reinforcements, Zhao Yun will appear with Jian Yong as the second 
    one, and Ma Chao will appear with Ma Dai as the third reinforcements.  They 
    will come out one at a time, but by the time you have defeated one of the 
    reinforcement generals, the other should have arrived.  Once either the 
    checkpoints are sealed or the reinforcement generals are defeated, go back 
    and defeat Li Yan and Jiang Wan.  Now, all that should be left is Meng Da.  
    Defeat him and Xin Castle is yours.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4p. Battle of Shi Ting
      5XLLMBST        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    Lu Xun, Wu’s young strategist, devised a plan to catch the Wei forces off 
    guard.  Zhou Fang, one of Wu’s loyal generals, would pretend to defect to the 
    enemy forces and convince the Wei general, Cao Xiu, that the defection was 
    real.  After that, Zhou Fang would lead Cao Xiu into an ambush.  The plan, if 
    successful, would definitely hurt the Wei advance.
    
    Dim Sum:  Defeat Xu Zhu
    
    Musou Wine:  Near the central area checkpoint
    
    
    ------
    Lu Xun
    ------
    
    When the stage starts, you are on the eastern path.  You are so graciously 
    dumped right on top of Xiahou Hui and Zhang Hu.  I guess they save you the 
    trouble of walking to them to defeat them.  Take out these two generals and 
    then wait for Sun Shang Xiang to defeat her generals.  When Sun Shang Xiang 
    is done with her side, go north and charge the attack base there.  There 
    should be three generals in this area.  They are Fei Yao, Wen Pin, and Xu 
    Huang.  Defeat them all and secure that area.  Now, head back south.  You 
    should run into a traitor here.  Defeat him and raise the morale of Sun Quan.  
    Now, it’s time to save Sun Quan.  He should have two enemy generals on him, 
    which are Jia Kui and Wang Shuang.  Now, head to the southwest and help out 
    Sun Shang Xiang if she still needs help securing the southwest.  Once both 
    the northeast and the southwest are secure, Zhou Fang will defect and 
    collapse the bridge behind Cao Xiu.  Now, charge Cao Xiu, but don’t relax.  
    Sima Yi will ambush your main camp from behind and destroy two bridges 
    leading into it.  Run back into your main camp and defeat Cao Zhen and his 
    sub general, Wang Lang.  You should also get a cut scene of Lu Xun setting 
    the place on fire, as usual.  It’s like he knows no other strategy other than 
    fire.  Either way, once your main camp is secure, head back to Cao Xiu and 
    defeat him.  By this time, Cao Pi should have arrived and taken over as the 
    commander of the stage, so you will need to hunt him and Sima Yi down next.  
    They are both hiding out in the northwest, so run up there.  Take down Sima 
    Yi first and then finish off Cao Pi to end the stage.
    
    
    ---------------
    Sun Shang Xiang
    ---------------
    
    You start off at the south facing off with Xiahou Ba.  Defeat him and his sub 
    general, Xin Pi.  Don’t head out just yet.  You will need to wait for Lu Xun 
    to defeat Xiahou Hui.  When Xu Zhu to arrives on the battlefield, he will 
    charge at your position.  Play with Xu Zhu until Lu Xun defeats his general.  
    Once Xu Zhu is defeated and Lu Xun finally decides to kill his target, move 
    on to the southwest area of the map.  Take the attack base and defeat Cao Ren 
    and his sub general, Xiahou Shang.  Once you have taken over the southwest, 
    go over to Sun Quan and help him out.  He should be facing off with Jia Kui 
    and Wang Shuang.  Defeat them both and Sun Quan will be rescued.  Now, it’s 
    time to help out Lu Xun.  Defeat whoever is left in the northeast.  The 
    attack base needs to be taken and Xu Huang and Wen Pin need to be defeated 
    before Zhou Fang’s defection will work.  Once you have taken over the 
    northwest, Zhou Fang will defect and take out the bridge.  Cao Xiu is now 
    surrounded.  Sun Quan will do his scary yell thing and order the attack on 
    Cao Xiu.  However, once you reach Cao Xiu, Sima Yi will surround you by 
    ambushing you from behind.  Also, Cao Pi will arrive and take over the 
    commander role.  However, like a good chess match, Lu Xun has a counter plan.  
    He will plan to collapse the two bridges leading out of Wu’s main base.  Head 
    to the southeast and defeat Wang Lang.  This will allow the Task Leaders to 
    collapse the two bridges.  Defeat Cao Zhen and then head back to Cao Xiu.  
    Defeat him and then make your way towards the northwest corner of the map.  
    Here, you will face off with Sima Zhao, Sima Yi, and Cao Pi.  Once Cao Pi is 
    defeated, Wu will win the battle.
    
    
    --------
    Sun Quan
    --------
    
    Your first goal should be to take over the empty supply base that is sitting 
    around and doing nothing.  Now, it’s time to play the decoy.  Cao Xiu will 
    send out Jia Kui and Wang Shuang to attack the supply base you just took.  
    Defeat his these two generals.  Cao Xiu will send a lot of troops to attack 
    the base next.  Just keep defeating his soldiers while Sun Shang Xiang and Lu 
    Xun secure their flanks.  Xiahou Hui’s sub general, Zhang Hu, should feel a 
    bit froggy and try to jump you from behind.  Teach him to look before he 
    leaps and run him through with your sword.  Next, you should deal with Xiahou 
    Ba’s sub general, Xin Pi, who is trying to attack you from behind.  Defeat 
    him quickly.  The next two challengers to the supply base should be Xu Huang 
    and Wen Pin.  They will try to take the supply base away from you, but deny 
    them that thrill and send them back to Wei.  Once those two have been dealt 
    with, Cao Ren and Xu Zhu will decide they want to try the same thing.  Head 
    towards the south and defeat the two of them.  The two of them will be 
    powered up, so be careful when dealing with them.  Once they are defeated, Lu 
    Xun and Sun Shang Xiang should have secured the two corners.  Zhou Fang will 
    defect and collapse the bridge behind Cao Xiu.  Sun Quan will have a cut 
    scene where he does his pitifully sounding yelp thing.  Now it’s time to 
    charge Cao Xiu.  Sima Yi will appear and do what he does best:  piss everyone 
    off.  He will ambush your main camp.  Lu Xun will order both bridges leading 
    from the main camp to be destroyed.  Cao Zhen and Wang Lang will appear to 
    stop the Task Leaders from destroy the bridges.  Also, Cao Pi will arrive and 
    relieve Cao Xiu of his commandership.  Go back and protect the Task Leaders.  
    When both Wang Lang and Cao Xiu have been defeated, the two bridges will be 
    destroyed.  Now, head back and finish off Cao Xiu.  Once he is defeated, 
    there is only Sima Yi and Cao Pi left.  Head to the northwest, defeat Sima 
    Yi, and then run through Cao Pi.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4q. Battle of Mt. Qi
      5XLLMBMQ        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    The battle between Shu and Wu would be fierce after the death of Liu Bei.  
    Zhuge Liang and Sima Yi would devise plan after plan, counter plan after 
    counter plan, thwarting each other in one battle after another.  Finally, Shu 
    makes some headway into the north.  The two armies would battle at Mt Qi.  
    However, Zhuge Liang surprisingly calls for a retreat...
    
    Dim Sum:  Defeat Zhang He
    
    Musou Wine:  Southwestern part of the northeastern section of the map
    
    
    -----------
    Zhuge Liang
    -----------
    
    When the stage starts, your goal is to lure out Dai Ling to the central area.  
    This may take a while for him to actually follow you, so have patience and 
    don’t attack him or his sub general.  Knock the general off of his horse.  
    This normally helps out in them following you.  Once he is lured out, assist 
    the other units in luring out their generals.  When everyone retreats, you 
    will want to retreat also to the southwestern part of the map.  Zhang He will 
    send out Task Leaders to try to find your army.  You need to avoid these Task 
    Leaders.  They have a very wide radius of sight, so be careful while avoiding 
    them.  When they run to the southwestern part of the map, you will want to 
    see which Task Leader comes at you first.  Normally, it’s the central one, so 
    run up one of the two sides just a little bit while the central Task Leader 
    runs around in the southwestern part of the map.  Once that Task Leader 
    leaves his path, run up the central path halfway and hide there.  If you get 
    caught by a Task Leader, be prepared to fight the entire Wei army by 
    yourself.  Once the Task Leaders have been avoided for a certain amount of 
    time, your entire army will ambush the Wei army.  Now, defeat each army, 
    starting off with Dai Ling and Zhang He.  Xu Zhu will eventually arrive as 
    reinforcements, but he will be too late to do anything.  Once each general 
    has been defeated, you will face off with your arch rival, Sima Yi.  When you 
    face off with him, there will be a cut scene.  Defeat him to complete the 
    stage.
    
    
    ---------
    Jiang Wei
    ---------
    
    As the retreat is called, Jiang Wei understands the reason for the retreat, 
    but Wei Yan wants to continue to battle.  Your first goal is to lure the 
    enemy forces.  You start off on the western path.  You will need to lure out 
    Fei Yao first.  It’s best to take him off of his horse when trying to lure 
    him out.  If he is on his horse, when he turns back, he will run away a good 
    bit backwards.  If he is off of his horse, if he does turn back, it’s easier 
    to catch up to him.  Once Fei Yao is lured out into the western clearing, he 
    will hold his position.  Now, it’s time to help out the other two units.  
    Head to the center area where Zhuge Liang is.  Help him lure out his general, 
    Dai Ling.  Remember, get the enemy general off the horse and then walk 
    backwards.  Once Dai Ling gets to the center clearing, he will hold also and 
    Zhuge Liang will retreat.  You are bound to have taken a few hits, so heal up 
    at checkpoints before luring out the next general, who is Xiahou Ba.  Once 
    Xiahou Ba is lead out, Wei Yan will retreat.  Follow Wei Yan to the 
    southwest.  Once Wei Yan has retreated, all your forces will have left the 
    map.  Zhang He will send out Task Leaders to see if there are any soldiers 
    still left in the area.  If you get caught by the Task Leaders, you will have 
    to fight off the entire Wei army by yourself with no soldiers to back you up, 
    so it’s best that you not get caught.  The Task Leaders come at you from 
    three sides, so it is hard to avoid them.  Remember though, you do not have 
    to stand in one place.  The first Task Leader to reach the southwestern area 
    is normally the one coming from the central area.  Therefore, you will want 
    to hide out near the western checkpoint in the southwest area.  Once he is 
    far into your camp, move your way towards the path he just came from.  Stand 
    at the entrance to that path.  Keep your map in a zoomed in mode to see if 
    the Task Leaders get too close.  When you see a dot move onto your screen, 
    make your way towards the western path and go halfway up the path.  The Task 
    Leaders do have a wide radius of sight, so watch out for that.  Wait on that 
    path until Zhuge Liang arrives.  When Zhuge Liang arrives, he will ambush the 
    Wei soldiers.  Move north towards Fei Yao and defeat him with sub general, 
    Guo Huai.  Once your area is clear of generals, move to the central area.  
    Zhang He should begin his charge towards that area.  Defeat Dai Ling and 
    Zhang Hu and wait for Zhang He to arrive.  Defeat Zhang He once he reaches 
    your area.  Sima Yi will be really mad now and order a full out assault.  
    Head towards where Wei Yan is.  Xiahou Ba has three sub generals here, Xiahou 
    Wei, Xiahou Hui, and Xiahou He.  Defeat them all and then take out Xiahou Ba.  
    Xu Zhu should appear as Wei reinforcements, but don’t worry about him just 
    yet.  Take the eastern path all the way north to the northeast corner, taking 
    control of the attack base along the way.  Take out both checkpoints there to 
    cut off Sima Yi’s escape route.  Now, it’s time to face off with Xu Zhu.  He 
    is in electrified overpowered mode, but he should not be too hard to defeat.  
    Once Xu Zhu is defeated, Sima Yi will begin to retreat.  However, by this 
    time, you should have the Wei main base secured.  Sima Yi is stuck between 
    you and the Shu army.  It is now time to defeat Sima Yi.  He is in hyper 
    overpowered mode.  He will double his defense when injured and go into musou 
    rage when almost dead.  Once Sima Yi is defeated, Mt. Qi is yours.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4r. Showdown at Nan Zhong
      5XLLMSNZ        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    During the Three Kingdoms Era, the Nanman tribe has ruled over the southern 
    area for most of that time.  Even when Shu invaded the south, instead of 
    taking over the lands, Zhuge Liang merely wanted an ally and not to enslave 
    the people.  However, when the Jin Empire formed, the people of Wei wanted 
    the entire lands of China to themselves.  The couple that ruled over the 
    south, Meng Huo and Zhu Rong, set out to defend their homeland.
    
    Dim Sum:  Defeat Xu Zhu
    
    Musou Wine:  Southeastern Wei gate, in between the attack base and the supply
       base.
    
    
    ---------------------
    Meng Huo and Zhu Rong
    ---------------------
    
    You start off near the central area.  Your first objective is to take the 
    central area from Wei.  This means defeating all the generals in the area and 
    taking the attack base.  The first general you should defeat is Sun Li.  Once 
    he is defeated, focus on Xu Zhu and his sub general, Xin Pi.  Finally, once 
    the generals are out of the central area, take the attack base.  The central 
    area is now yours.  Now, move towards the northern area.  Your tigers and 
    elephants are in this area, but Sima Yi has a trick up his sleeve.  He brings 
    out Destroyers, which are moving wooden vehicles with swords on the front 
    part of them.  The tigers are no match for these things, so destroy the 
    Destroyers.  There should be seven of them (I may have miscounted though).  
    Also, defeat the enemy generals in this area, which are Jia Kui, Xiahou Hui, 
    and Xiahou Ba.  By this time, Meng Huo will bring out a present from Zhuge 
    Liang:  Juggernauts.  This will allow your beast units to better attack the 
    Wei forces.  Sima Yi will ambush the Juggernauts, but clear out the northern 
    area first.  Once the beast unit has been rescued, head towards the ambush 
    unit in the south.  Take the long way around because if you get too close to 
    Xu Huang, Sima Yi will bring out reinforcements and go for an all out attack.  
    You want things to be done on your time, so don’t have the attack party 
    arrive just yet.  On your way to the ambush units, defeat Man Chong, who 
    should be attacking the Juggernauts.  Once you reach the ambush unit, defeat 
    the Wei generals in this area.  There should be Xiahou He, Xiahou Wei, and 
    Wen Pin.  This will save the ambush unit to the south.  Now, Wei will try to 
    bring reinforcements from the eastern checkpoint.  Take control of the 
    checkpoint to stop the reinforcements.  Now, take over the attack base and 
    the supply base in the area and wait for King Mulu and his elephants to take 
    out the wall separating you from Xu Huang.  Now it’s time to charge Xu Huang 
    and his sub generals, Wang Lang and Xiahou Shang.  Defeat the three of them 
    and Sima Yi will be the only main general left.  He has two sub generals, Cao 
    Hong and Sima Zhao.  Defeat them and then face off with Sima Yi.  Sima Yi is 
    in hyper, electrified, overpowered mode, so watch out.  He will double his 
    defense and heal himself when injured and then go into musou rage mode when 
    near death, but since he is the only general left, you should have some help 
    in defeating him.  Defeat Sima Yi and you have successfully defended your 
    homeland.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  5. Destiny Mode
      5XLDESTI        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    Destiny Mode is where you create a character and make your way through the 
    ranks of an army.  You start off as a lowly private, but you can raise 
    through the ranks of your army.
    
    You start off Destiny Mode by creating your character.  It’s just like normal 
    Edit Mode except that you don’t pick out your outfit and you only have three 
    weapons to pick from:  Huang Zhong’s sword, Jiang Wei’s spear, or Lu Meng’s 
    glaive.  Also, you only start off with two attacks only.  You don’t have any 
    charge attacks or musou attacks or the like.  You will need to buy them using 
    Skill Points.  Once you have created your character, you can either buy 
    skills, change your costumes, or start the next mission.  Your costumes are 
    limited to what you have on, but you can earn costumes as you go through 
    Destiny Mode.
    
    When you choose your mission, you will start off by picking objectives.  
    These are little missions you will need to complete in order to get skill 
    points.  They start off easy, but as you complete the objectives, they will 
    get progressively harder and worth more skill points.  For example, your 
    first objective may be to defeat 3 generals for 10 points.  When you complete 
    that objective, the next time you see it, it will be defeat 4 generals for 14 
    points.  Each time you complete the objective, they get harder and worth 
    more.  Also, you start off with only able to pick two objectives out of the 
    three listed, but as you move through Destiny Mode, there will be more 
    objectives listed and you will be able to choose more of them.
    
    While in Destiny Mode, you will sometimes be approached by enemy officers to 
    join their forces.  This will happen if you manage to impress the enemy 
    commanders on the battlefield.  You can defect to join the other side if you 
    want.  Also, sometimes you may be approached by your own strategist to join 
    the other side and then betray them.  If you do choose to join another 
    faction to betray then, you will need to work for the opposing force until 
    you receive a letter from your strategist letting you know when the betrayal 
    will take place.  When the strategist lets you know when to betray the 
    opposing force, the only objective you will be able to select is the Betrayal 
    objective.  You will need to first go to the ambush site and then lure your 
    commander to the ambush site.  Once your commander is ambushed, you will 
    switch sides.  Defeat your former commander and the betrayal will have been 
    successful.
    
    In Destiny Mode, there are two types of KOs.  There are regular KOs and 
    Tactical KOs.  Regular KOs are obtained by defeating officers.  Tactical KOs 
    are obtained when you perform a special tactic or task.  There are four ways 
    to get tactical KOs:
    
    Lead:  In order to perform this tactic, you must have the Rally skill.  When
       you have the Rally skill, you will randomly double the attack of the ally
       forces around you.  When this happens, any kills that you or any ally with
       a double attack will count as a Tactical KO.
    
    Supply:  In order to perform this tactic, you must discover and capture an
       enemy supply base.  Only some stages will have an enemy supply base.  When
       you capture the base, the morale of the enemy goes down.  Any KOs you or
       your allies get for a set amount of time will count as a Tactical KO.
    
    Fire:  In order to perform this tactic, you must have the Fire skill.  When
       you get near the gates of an enemy base or are inside of the enemy base,
       you will see a five second countdown on your screen.  Once this countdown
       goes to 0, a fire attack at that base will occur.  If you jump, attack,
       get knocked down, or move away from the base, the countdown will reset.
       Once the fire attack occurs, any KOs you get from soldiers inside that
       base will count as Tactical KOs.  This includes the Gate Captains and
       their soldiers guarding the gates of the base.
    
    Raid:  In order to perform this tactic, you must either have the Ambush skill
       or have accepted the Betrayal objective.  When you set up an ambush and
       have lead an enemy general into the ambush point, your ambush troops will
       appear.  If you set up the ambush yourself, you will need to manually make
       the troops appear.  If you are doing a Betrayal ambush, it will be
       automatic.  Any KOs obtained by you or the ambush troops for a set amount
       of time will count as a Tactical KO.  Also, if you spot an enemy ambush,
       you will surprise the enemy instead and perform a raid on them.  Any KOs
       obtained by you or any ally troops in the area will count as a Tactical
       KO.
    
    There is also a contribution rating.  If you fight by your commander’s side 
    and listen to his commands, your contribution to your unit will rise.  This 
    rating, along with your regular KOs and Tactical KOs, will allow you to move 
    up in rank and sometimes will allow you to get weapons or skills from your 
    commander.  However, if you do badly in contributing to your unit or 
    defeating enemies, you will get scolded by your commander.
    
    When you complete Destiny Mode, you will be given a quick overview of the 
    life you have lead as a soldier.  You will also be given an option of saving 
    your warrior to one of your CAW files.  However, you will only be able to 
    save one of your weapons.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  5a. Skills
      5XLDMSKI        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    When you complete objectives and obtain victories over the other army, you 
    will gain skill points.  You can spend these skill points on improving your 
    officer.  Here is a list of all the skills you can give your warriors and the 
    requirements to gain them.  The amount of skill points required for the skill 
    is in parentheses beside the name of the skill.  Rank is what the lowest rank 
    you can be in order to obtain the skill.  If you are that rank or above that 
    rank, you can obtain the skill.  Requirements are the skills that are 
    required before you can obtain the skill.
    
    -----
    Combo
    -----
    
    Combo skills raise the amount of attacks your warrior can do.  The amount of 
    attacks your warrior can perform depends on two factors:  the highest combo 
    skill you have unlocked and the weapon you are wielding.  If you have 
    unlocked the 6-Hit skill but have a weapon that only has four attacks, you 
    will only be able to do four attacks.  The opposite holds true also.  If you 
    have a weapon that has six attacks but only have the 3-Hit skill, you will 
    only be able to do three attacks.
    
    3-Hit (20 Skill Points):  Allows your warrior to perform a three attack
       combo.
       Rank:  Private.  Requirements:  None.
    
    4-Hit (30 Skill Points):  Allows your warrior to perform a four attack combo.
       Rank:  Private.  Requirements:  3-Hit.
    
    5-Hit (40 Skill Points):  Allows your warrior to perform a five attack combo.
       Rank:  Sergeant.  Requirements:  4-Hit.
    
    6-Hit (50 Skill Points):  Allows your warrior to perform a six attack combo.
       Rank:  Major.  Requirements:  5-Hit.
    
    
    -----
    Melee
    -----
    
    Melee skills are those skills that improve your combat abilities.  These are 
    moves and abilities that are available in any other mode by default, but they 
    have to be unlocked in Destiny Mode.
    
    Charge (30 Skill Points):  Allows your warrior to perform charge attacks and
       counter attacks.
       Rank:  Private.  Requirements:  3-Hit.
    
    Musou (60 Skill Points):  Allows your warrior to perform musou attacks.
       Rank:  Private.  Requirements:  4-Hit.
    
    Rage (70 Skill Points):  Allows your warrior to go into musou rage mode and
       perform evolution attacks (if your weapon allows evolution attacks).
       Rank:  Lt. General.  Requirements:  6-Hit.
    
    
    ------
    Health
    ------
    
    Health skills increase the life and defense of your general.  There really 
    isn’t much more to say about this.
    
    Level 1 (10 Skill Points):  Increases the life and defense of your warrior.
       Rank:  Private.  Requirements:  None.
    
    Level 2 (20 Skill Points):  Increases the life and defense of your warrior.
       Rank:  Sergeant.  Requirements:  Level 1.
    
    Level 3 (30 Skill Points):  Increases the life and defense of your warrior.
       Rank:  Major.  Requirements:  Level 2.
    
    Level 4 (40 Skill Points):  Increases the life and defense of your warrior.
       Rank:  Lt. General.  Requirements:  Level 3.
    
    
    -------
    Archery
    -------
    
    Archery skills improve your abilities with the bow and arrow as well as your 
    defense in regards to enemy archers.  You start off with the ability to shoot 
    arrows by default.
    
    Ice Arrow (30 Skill Points):  Can freeze enemies with arrows.
       Rank:  Private.  Requirements:  None.
    
    Pierce (20 Skill Points):  Increases bow attack of your warrior and can
       pierce enemies with arrows.
       Rank:  Private.  Requirements:  None.
    
    Plate Mail (20 Skill Points):  Warrior is no longer stunned by enemy arrows.
       Rank:  Private.  Requirements:  None.
    
    
    -----
    Mount
    -----
    
    Mount skills allow you to get on a horse and improve your horse attacks.  By 
    default, you cannot ride a horse until you get the first mount skill.
    
    Basic (10 Skill Points):  Your warrior can ride horse and elephants.
       Rank:  Private.  Requirements:  None.
    
    Cavalry (40 Skill Points):  Start stage mounted on a horse.
       Rank:  Sergeant.  Requirements:  Basic.
    
    Advanced (60 Skill Points):  Your warrior can defeat an enemy in one hit by
       attacking or charging into the enemy at full speed.
       Rank:  Lt. General.  Requirements:  Basic.
    
    
    ------
    Leader
    ------
    
    Leader skills assist you and your allies in battle.
    
    March (60 Skill Points):  Increases the speed of you and nearby allies.
       Rank:  Major.  Requirements:  None.
    
    Rally (80 Skill Points):  Increases the attack of you and nearby allies.  Any
       KOs gained by anyone affected by the raise in attack will register as a
       Tactical KO.
       Rank:  Major.  Requirements:  None.
    
    Rations (40 Skill Points):  Increases the health of you and nearby allies.
       Rank:  Major.  Requirements:  None.
    
    
    ------
    Tactic
    ------
    
    Tactic skills are those skills that use methods other than conventional 
    battle to defeat the enemy forces.  Some tactic skills will give you Tactical 
    KOs.
    
    Fire (60 Skill Points):  Executes a fire attack when near the gate or inside
       an enemy base.  All KOs to soldiers inside or guarding the base will
       register as a Tactical KO.
       Rank:  Sergeant.  Requirements:  None.
    
    Ambush (40 Skill Points):  Position troops by pressing the Select button.
       Press it again to execute an ambush when an enemy general is inside the
       square on the map.  Any enemy soldiers defeated by you or the ambush
       troops will register as a Tactical KO.
       Rank:  Major.  Requirements:  None.
    
    Volley (50 Skill Points):  Arrows will be fired after a charge attack is
       performed.
       Rank:  Major.  Requirements:  Charge.
    
    
    ------
    Search
    ------
    
    Search skills are skills that involve finding the enemy forces on the map and 
    discovering information.
    
    Interrogate (20 Skill Points):  Your warrior can get letters from defeated
       enemies other than Messengers.
       Rank:  Private.  Requirements:  None.
    
    Scout (20 Skill Points):  Able to learn info on nearby bases and the radius
       to spot enemy units increases.
       Rank:  Private.  Requirements:  None.
    
    Reveal (20 Skill Points):  Detect enemy traps and ambushes.
       Rank:  Private.  Requirements:  None.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  5b. Unlocking Costumes
      5XLDMULC        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    To unlock the costumes in Destiny Mode and ultimately, Edit Mode, you will 
    need to do certain tasks in Destiny Mode.  Normally, if a costume has a rank 
    requirement, you can only get one of the costumes that have that same rank 
    requirement.  Here is a list of all the costumes.  The male costume is listed 
    first and the female costume is listed second for the first nine costumes.  
    The tenth male and female costumes have different requirements.
    
    
    ------------------
    Jerkin/Cloth Dress
    ------------------
    
    This costume is available by default.
    
    
    -----------------------
    Light Armor/Light Armor
    -----------------------
    
    This costume is unlocked when you reach the class of Sergeant and have 
    obtained the skills Charge and Level 1.
    
    
    ---------------------------
    Leather Jerkin/Combat Dress
    ---------------------------
    
    This costume is unlocked when you reach the class of Sergeant and have 
    obtained at least one Archery or Search skill.
    
    
    -----------------------
    Heavy Armor/Heavy Armor
    -----------------------
    
    This costume is unlocked when you reach the class of Major and have obtained 
    the skills Musou, Level 2, and either Plate Mail or Basic.
    
    
    ---------------------------
    Tactical Robe/Dancer’s Robe
    ---------------------------
    
    This costume is unlocked when you reach the class of Major and have obtained 
    two Leader and Search skills.
    
    
    ---------------------------
    Strategist Robe/Regal Dress
    ---------------------------
    
    This costume is unlocked when you reach the class of Major and have obtained 
    the skills two Leader and Tactic skills.
    
    
    ---------------------
    Fur Skin/Nanman Dress
    ---------------------
    
    This costume is unlocked when you get a bad rating on any stage.  Your 
    commanding officer will scold you and the costume will become unlocked 
    afterwards.
    
    
    ------------------------
    Grand Armor/Maiden Armor
    ------------------------
    
    This costume is unlocked when you reach the class of Lt. General and have 
    obtained the skills Rage, Level 3, and two of the three following skills:  
    Advanced, March, and Rally.
    
    
    ------------------------------
    Prime Minster Robe/Sacred Gown
    ------------------------------
    
    This costume is unlocked when you reach the class of Lt. General and have 
    obtained six Tactic, Leader, and Search skills.
    
    
    -----------------------
    Demon Armor (Male only)
    -----------------------
    
    This costume is unlocked when you obtain a total of 1500 KOs.
    
    
    ----------------------------
    Sorceress Gown (Female only)
    ----------------------------
    
    This costume is unlocked when you have served all three kingdoms.  It doesn’t 
    matter if the defection is real or if you are planning to betray the other 
    kingdom.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  6. Xtreme Mode
      5XLXTREM        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    Xtreme Mode is where you fight through randomly generated scenarios.  The 
    maps are set, but the armies and the events on the maps are randomly 
    generated.
    
    There are other differences between Xtreme Mode and any other mode.  Your 
    character will start off at default level with a default weapon.  Your health 
    is not recovered at the end of a stage.  Weapons and items don’t appear when 
    you defeat a general or in boxes.  When you equip an item, it disappears at 
    the end of the stage.
    
    Also, you can fight for your own kingdom.  When you obtain a mission to 
    create a kingdom, if you win on the stage, you will have your kingdom.  Then, 
    you can defend and expand your kingdom.  You can also build facilities in 
    your kingdom.  These facilities will impact your battles and what you can 
    gain after a battle.
    
    You can gain stat boosting items, allies, and items to help you in battle 
    from a shop using gold gained in battles.  You can upgrade your weapon at the 
    blacksmith, using iron gained in battles.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  6a. Xtreme Mode Items
      5XLXMITM        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    Here is a list of all the items you can gain in Xtreme Mode at the shop.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  6b. Stage Descriptors
      5XLXMSTD        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    Here is a list of all the special scenarios that will be listed as stage 
    descriptors.  When you see a word in < >, this means that a name of a general 
    or item goes here.  The general or item changes with each stage selection.  
    This list is divided into three sections:  Battle Descriptors, Special Battle 
    Descriptors, and Blacksmith and Shop Descriptors.
    
    
    ------------------
    Battle Descriptors
    ------------------
    
    Battle descriptors describe what you can expect during normal battles.  These 
    may involve enemies you will face, missions you may be given, or rewards that 
    can be gotten.
    
    
    A huge army has gathered and the area is in a state of chaos:  I believe that
       this means that the leader of the enemy forces is a playable character,
       but I will need to do further research to confirm this.
    
    A veteran warrior, <General> is in the area looking for someone to face in
       battle:  There will be a powerful enemy playable general on the stage.
       They will chase after you and challenge you to a duel, which starts off a
       mission.  Defeating that general will complete the mission.
    
    <General> has taken to the field in order to suppress the uprisings in the
       area:  There will be a playable general as an ally on this stage.  That
       general will become ambushed.  When you get near the ally general, he or
       she will ask for assistance.  Defeating the enemy general that is
       ambushing the ally general will complete the mission.  The ally general
       will sometimes join you permanently.
    
    <General> is with one of the bands roaming the area creating trouble:  There
       will be an enemy playable general with two sub generals on the stage.
       Also, there will be an ambush party lead by a non-playable general near
       the leader of the stage.  Finally, there will be a supply depot on the
       stage, guarded by non-playable general.  If you defeat the general
       guarding the supply depot, the ambush general will retreat and the morale
       of the playable general will be lowered.  There are also 10 pots
       containing iron, attack power ups, and defense power ups inside the supply
       depot.  If you defeat the playable general, they will be taken prisoner.
    
    It’s said that there is a supply depot with lots of valuable supplies in the
       area:  There will be a supply depot guarded by a playable general.  There
       will also be another playable general on the stage that will give you a
       mission to attack the supply depot when you get near him.  Defeating the
       playable general guarding the supply depot will complete the mission.
       Inside the supply depot are 10 pots that contain iron, attack power ups,
       or defense power ups.
    
    Rumor has it that somebody here has the <Item>:  There will be a mission
       somewhere on the stage where the reward is this item.
    
    Rumors have it that bandits have brought strange animals into the area:  Sun
       Jian or Sun Ce will be an ally general on the map.  If you get near them,
       they will give you a mission to find their lost tiger.  There will be two
       places on the map that the tiger could be.  If you pick the wrong place, a
       playable general will appear and assist you in finding the tiger.  He will
       become a temporary ally.  When you approach the tiger, a Bandit Chief will
       appear with two Bandit Leaders.  Defeating the Bandit Chief will rescue
       the tiger.  When you bring the tiger to Sun Jian or Sun Ce, the mission
       will be completed.
    
    Rumors say that there are bandits in the area kidnapping young women:  This
       means that there will be a female ally general on the stage that is out
       searching for bandits and the leader of the enemy forces is a Bandit
       Chief.  If you approach her, she will first ask you if you are a bandit.
       She will turn into an enemy for a few seconds.  If you attack her, she
       will become a permanent enemy.  However, if you don’t attack her, a Bandit
       Leader will appear and the female general will turn back into an ally
       general.  If you defeat the Bandit Leader, the female general will give
       you a mission to attack the Bandit Chief with her.  Defeating the Bandit
       Chief on the stage will complete the mission.
    
    They say that someone is planning to raid a small and wealthy village in the
       area:  There will be an area on the map where an ally Village Elder will
       be.  The Village Elder will get attacked by Dong Zhuo, Meng Huo, or Zhang
       Jiao along with two sub generals.  The Village Elder will receive
       reinforcements of a playable ally general.  If you get near the playable
       general, he will ask you to assist him in defeating the raid leader.  If
       you defeat the enemy general raiding the village before the playable
       general is defeated, the mission will be completed.  The Village Elder
       does not have to survive in order to complete the mission.  If the village
       is destroyed before you defeat the raid leader, the enemies will start to
       charge after you next.
    
    They say that there is a small but rich village in the area:  There will be a
       small area of the map where an enemy Village Elder will be.  If you enter
       the village, you will be allied by Dong Zhuo, Meng Huo, or Zhang Jiao, who
       will want to attack the village and give you a mission asking you to help
       them raid the village.  If you attack the Village Elder, he will call for
       a playable general to assist him.  Defeating the Village Elder and the
       playable general will destroy the village and complete the mission.
    
    This area has been invaded by numerous armies.  There is continual fighting:
       This means that there will be more than four enemy generals on the stage.
    
    We have received word that a large, unknown weapon has been sighted in the
       area:  There are either elephants or Juggernauts on this stage for the
       enemy forces.
    
    Zhang Jiao, the one with strange abilities, has been imprisoned on grounds of
       rebellion:  Zhang Jiao will be an ally on the map.  He will be in an area
       that is surrounded by gates, which are guarded by enemy generals.
       Defeating these generals will open the gates.  If you get close to Zhang
       Jiao, he will restore the health of you and your allies by 200 points.
    
    
    --------------------------
    Special Battle Descriptors
    --------------------------
    
    The bandits of the area have joined together and taken control.  Volunteer to
       campaign against bandits:  This is a special battle that normally is the
       first stage on Mission 5.  The objective of this battle is to defeat every
       enemy general.  There are normally multiple ambushes on this stage.  Also,
       there is an ally playable general that gets ambushed on this stage.  If
       you approach him, he will give you a mission to rescue him.  Defeating the
       enemies around him will complete the mission.
    
    The final obstacle to peace and the unification of the land is <General>.
       Wage a war that will decide the fate of the entire land:  This is the
       unification battle.  If you complete this stage, you will unify all of
       China.  There are multiple ambushes on this stage.  Also, there is a
       couple of playable generals for the enemy forces.  Finally, when you
       injure the enemy commander, normally there will be one final playable
       general that ambushes you near where you are fighting.
    
    
    -------------------------------
    Blacksmith and Shop Descriptors
    -------------------------------
    
    An expensive boutique seems to be selling Ointment:  The prices at this shop
       are higher than normal, but there is always an Ointment that can be
       bought.
    
    There are a number of people looking for someone to join:  There are either
       three or four generals that can be bought as permanent allies.
    
    There is a huge sale going on:  The prices at this shop are lower than
       normal, but there are less items to buy.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  7. Edit Mode
      5XLEDITM        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    Edit Mode is where you can create your own warrior.  You can create up to ten 
    warriors.  There is a variety of attributes that you can change on your 
    character.  Here is a list of those attributes:
    
    Name:  You can have up to ten characters in the name of your warrior.
    
    Gender:  This should be self explanatory.
    
    Face:  There are ten hairstyles and ten facial styles for you to choose from.
    
    Body:  This is where you adjust the height and build of the character.  The
       height is set at the middle by default, while the build is set to thin by
       default.
    
    Clothing:  This is where you change your warrior’s clothing.  In total, there
       are six head items, ten torso items, and ten leg items to choose from.
       Initially, you only have three torso items, three leg items, and zero head
       items.  You will need to unlock the other items in Destiny Mode.  To find
       out more about unlocking these costumes, read section 5b.
    
    Motion:  This is where you choose the weapon and fighting style of your
       character.  You can choose any motion of the 48 warriors or you can choose
       one of the two CAW exclusive motions.  The two CAW exclusive motions are
       the Broadsword and the Rapier.
    
    Voice:  This is the voice of your character.  Both genders have three voices
       to choose from.  Males can choose from Passionate, Heroic, or Calm.
       Females can choose from Spirited, Relaxed, or Innocent.
    
    Once you have created your warrior, you can use him or her in Legends Mode or 
    Xtreme Mode.  Also, you may run into them in Xtreme Mode if you are not 
    playing as them.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  8. Regular Items
      5XLREGIT        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    Regular items can be found in boxes or dropped by certain generals.  Each 
    regular item modifies a certain stat on a character.  They range from 1 to 
    20, with 20 being the best.  To get better items, you can play on harder 
    difficulties or play on stages with more stars.  Playing on a five star stage 
    on Hard mode is considered to be the best place to get items, as it has yet 
    to be proven that Chaos mode actually increases the odds of getting better 
    items.  Also, the Luck stat may affect how good an item is, but there is no 
    proof of this either.  Finally, you can try to find a bodyguard with the Item 
    skill, which increases the value of the item you get by one, but these 
    bodyguards are hard to find and train.  Here is a list of all the regular 
    items and which stat they modify.
    
    Peacock Urn:  Life Up
    Dragon Amulet:  Musou Up
    Tiger Amulet:  Attack Up
    Tortoise Amulet:  Defense Up
    Speed Scroll:  Speed Up
    Huang’s Bow:  Bow Attack and Bow Defense Up
    Horned Helm:  Horse Attack and Horse Defense Up
    Seven Star Belt:  Luck Up
    Ginseng:  Musou Fill Up
    Herbal Remedy:  Charge Attack Up
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  9. Rare Items
      5XLRARIT        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    Rare items are found by doing certain tasks on certain stages.  These include 
    harnesses, which have their own item slot, orbs, which also have their own 
    item slot, and accessories, which share item slots with the regular items.  
    All items except for orbs can be gotten on any difficulty.  Orbs must be 
    gotten on Hard or Chaos difficulty.
    
    Old accessories are those rare items that were in DW5.  New accessories are 
    those that are only in DW5:XL.  Harnesses, Orbs, and Old Accessories can be 
    gotten using either their old method in Musou and Free Mode if you import DW5 
    or their new method in Legends Mode.  To view how to get the old items using 
    their old methods, check out my DW5 FAQ on GameFAQs.
    
    More in depth strategies regarding the items will be done in the future, 
    including a time log.  Right now, I just wanted to get all the basic 
    information in.
    
    All items that have a Location and a My Tips section have been obtained 
    personally by me on Hard difficulty with a character that is on the stage.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  9a. Harnesses
      5XLRIHAR        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    ----------------
    Red Hare Harness
    ----------------
    
    Effect:  Begin stage mounted on Red Hare, the fastest horse in the game.
    
    Stage:  Battle of Yan Province, 194 AD
    
    Requirements:  Capture every attack base and then achieve 300 KOs.
    
    Location:  West of the northern attack base, along the path towards the
       western attack base.
    
    My Tips:
    
    There are five attack bases.  I would go after the two in front of Lu Bu 
    first and then take out the western attack base.  I would defeat the enemy 
    ambush from behind to get some kills before taking out the two attack bases 
    south of Zhang Liao.  If you can’t get 300 kills before the castle gates are 
    opened, you can always just sit and wait for Cao Cao to arrive with more 
    soldiers to kill.
    
    
    ----------------
    Hex Mark Harness
    ----------------
    
    Effect:  Begin stage mounted on Hex Mark, which increases luck.
    
    Stage:  Rescue of Lou Sang Village, 184 AD
    
    Requirements:  Rescue the three villages within 5 minutes.
    
    Location:  Near the central most checkpoint.
    
    My Tips:
    
    For this item, it’s best to either use another harness or use a fast 
    character, as the villages are kind of spread out.  To save a village, you 
    have to defeat all the enemy generals that are in the area.  The three 
    villages are located in the northwest, southeast, and southwest.
    
    
    -------------
    Storm Harness
    -------------
    
    Effect:  Begin stage mounted on Storm Runner, which increase horse attack and
       horse defense.
    
    Stage:  Imperial Rescue, 195 AD
    
    Requirements:  After capturing the carriage, do not let the carriage fall
       under attack for 4 minutes.
    
    Location:  The northwestern section of the map, in between the entrances to
       the southern path and the southeastern path.
    
    My Tips:
    
    There is a difference between letting the carriage fall under attack and the 
    carriage stopping because of enemies in front of it.  Enemies can get near 
    the carriage.  They just cannot attack the carriage.  When the stage starts, 
    no matter what your orders are, head directly for the northeastern section of 
    the map.  You will want to catch Li Jue up here.  Before you defeat Li Jue, 
    defeat his sub generals and then capture the northeastern checkpoint.  This 
    will stop the flow of enemies.  You will also want to defeat as many enemies 
    in this area before the carriage converts to your side.  Once Li Jue is 
    defeated, clear the area out of the rest of the enemy soldiers, making sure 
    none of them attack the carriage.  Once the carriage starts moving, scout out 
    a little ahead and close off the checkpoint that is along the way.  You will 
    want to stick close to the carriage and defeat any enemies that come near the 
    carriage until your item appears.
    
    
    --------------
    Shadow Harness
    --------------
    
    Effect:  Begin stage mounted on Shadow Runner, which allows you to withstand
       most attacks without falling off of your horse.
    
    Stage:  Battle of Ji Castle, 213 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 2 minutes, open all three gates of Ji Castle (the outer
       one and the two inner ones) without defeating any enemy generals.  Within
       5 minutes, obtain 300 KOs and capture all enemy checkpoints.  You must
       personally capture all the checkpoints.
    
    Location:  South of Ji Castle, along the path from Ji Castle to where Xiahou
       Yuan appears.
    
    My Tips:
    
    The biggest problem on this stage isn’t the gates or the KOs.  It’s the 
    checkpoints.  There are 8 checkpoints (7 checkpoints if you get the weapon 
    before Xiahou Yuan shows up) that you have to destroy.  The two that are the 
    easiest to forget is the one behind you when you start the stage as Ma Chao 
    and the one inside the inner part of Ji Castle.  Other than that, it’s just 
    running around and closing off gates.  Equipping the Red Hare Saddle will 
    definitely make the capturing the checkpoints easier.  Make sure you do not 
    defeat any enemy generals before you open all three gates of Ji Castle.
    
    
    ----------------
    Elephant Harness
    ----------------
    
    Effect:  Begin stage mounted on an elephant.
    
    Stage:  Showdown at Nan Zhong, 235 AD
    
    Requirements:  After capturing the central area, defeat Xiahou Ba and Jia Kui
       and destroy all the Destroyers within 3 minutes.
    
    Location:  At the central area, south of the wall blocking the path to the
       northwest.
    
    My Tips:
    
    It’s best to capture the central area as quickly as possible, as the arrival 
    of the Destroyers is not based off of the capture of the central area.  If 
    you take too long in capturing the central area, the Destroyers will be more 
    spread out and will take longer to destroy each one.  If they are closer 
    together, you can take out multiple Destroyers with a single musou.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  9b. Orbs
      5XLRIORB        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    All orbs must be obtained on Hard or Chaos difficulty.
    
    
    --------
    Fire Orb
    --------
    
    Effect:  Add fire element to attacks, which causes enemies to take damage as
       long as they are on fire.
    
    Stage:  Struggle for the Book, 183 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 3 minutes, open all three outer gates.
    
    Location:  Left of the northeastern checkpoint at the very inner part of the
       castle.
    
    My Tips:
    
    Three minutes is not a lot of time, so it’s best just to run up to the gate 
    you are closest to and open that gate.  You can also open up all the gates 
    from the inside as well.  In fact, it’s probably faster to open up two of the 
    three gates from the inside.
    
    
    -------
    Ice Orb
    -------
    
    Effect:  Add ice element to attacks, which can cause enemies to be
       temporarily frozen.
    
    Stage:  Battle of Mt. Qi, 231 AD
    
    Requirements:  After Zhuge Liang’s plan fails, defeat Zhang He, Fei Yao, Dai
       Ling, Xiahou Ba, Sima Zhao, and Sima Shi, within 8 minutes.
    
    Location:  The central northern section of the map, along the southern rock
       wall.
    
    My Tips:
    
    To make the plan fail, just defeat the general you are assigned to lure out.  
    Just focus on the main generals, as every general, including sub generals, 
    will be powered up and electrified when Zhuge Liang’s plan fails.  Try to 
    take advantage of everything you can, including your musou attack and any 
    musou rages.  You’ll get the item after you make a speech about how weak the 
    other army is and that strategy isn’t required to beat them, as long as you 
    have defeated everyone within 8 minutes.
    
    
    ----------
    Shadow Orb
    ----------
    
    Effect:  Add shadow element to attacks, which empties musou gauge and may
       defeat enemies in one hit.
    
    Stage:  Battle of Jia Meng Gate, 214 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, get Ma Chao to defect.
    
    Location:  At the northeastern section of the map, passed the supply bases.
    
    My Tips:
    
    To get Ma Chao to defect, you need to do four things quickly.  First, you 
    must defeat him the first time around.  He will power himself up and heal 
    himself when he gets injured.  Plus, he will also give himself both an attack 
    and defense up, so you will want to deal as much damage to him as possible 
    before he does both of these.  You can kill him while everyone is talking and 
    before he can power himself up, so it is possible to kill him the first time 
    quickly.  After he is defeated the first time, he will retreat.  Quickly go 
    to the southeastern part of the map.  There, close off both checkpoints and 
    then defeat Ma Dai.  This will decrease the faith Zhang Lu had in Ma Chao 
    twice.  After this, defeat Ma Chao one final time.  Again, he will heal 
    himself when injured and double his attack and defense, so fire juggle him to 
    death and use as many musou rage tokens as possible.  It is not easy to kill 
    a powered up Ma Chao twice in five minutes, but it is possible.
    
    
    ---------
    Light Orb
    ---------
    
    Effect:  Add light element to attacks, which causes attacks to break through
       the enemy’s guard.
    
    Stage:  Battle of Yang Ping Gate, 215 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, defeat Pang De.
    
    Location:  On the third level, south of Zhang Wei’s starting point.
    
    My Tips:
    
    To get Pang De to appear near the gates, you will need to get Zhang Lu to 
    appear at the main camp.  To do so, you will need to quickly release all the 
    steps towards the main camp.  Just focus on destroying statues and getting 
    the steps up quickly.  Zhang Lu will retreat into his main camp when the 
    stairs are risen.  You should be able to get both the steps to rise up and 
    defeat Pang De within five minutes if you’re fast enough and good enough.  
    Red Hare will definitely help getting this item easier.  Ignore defeating any 
    enemies until you reach Pang De, although you may want to consider defeating 
    Yan Po while everyone is talking and before Pang De arrives, as he can 
    sometimes interfere with the battle between you and the stout guardian.  Pang 
    De is very powerful and will heal himself and go into a musou rage when you 
    injure him, but he should die quickly if you fire juggle him.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  9c. Old Accessories
      5XLRIOLD        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    ----------
    Art of War
    ----------
    
    Effect:  Ability boost items have longer effect.
    
    Stage:  Ou Xing’s Rebellion, 187 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, get 300 KOs.
    
    
    --------------
    Survival Guide
    --------------
    
    Effect:  Attack doubles when knocked down and health is low.
    
    Stage:  Battle of Shi Ting, 228 AD
    
    Requirements:  Get 200 KOs, defeat Xu Huang and Xu Zhu, and trigger the fire
       attack.
    
    
    ----------------
    Bodyguard Manual
    ----------------
    
    Effect:  Bodyguards become stronger.
    
    Stage:  The Ten Eunuchs’ Rebellion, 189 AD
    
    Requirements:  Stop Dong Zhuo’s plan to kill He Jin and keep him alive.
    
    Location:  Close to He Jin’s starting point.
    
    My Tips:
    
    You do not have to land the killing blow on the three Eunuchs sent out to 
    kill He Jin.  You only have to keep He Jin alive and foil Dong Zhuo’s plan.  
    As long as He Jin remains on his horse, he will not die.  The moment he gets 
    knocked off of his horse is the moment he’s done for and will die quickly.  
    There is a trick that you can abuse to get this item, if you are having 
    trouble getting it.  If, while you are fighting off the Eunuchs, He Jin gets 
    knocked off of his horse, save your game and then soft reset your game.  When 
    you reload your game, He Jin will be back on his horse.
    
    
    ----------
    Demon Band
    ----------
    
    Effect:  Extends the length of the musou rage.
    
    Stage:  Battle of Jia Ming Gate, 214 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, get 200 KO.
    
    Location:  Northeast corner of the map, near Zhang Lu’s starting point.
    
    My Tips:
    
    You can get about 70 kills from the western part of the map.  You can get 
    about 30 to 50 kills from the southeastern part of the map.  You can get 
    about 100 kills at the northeastern part of the map.  Just quickly run 
    through these sections and get kills as quickly as possible.
    
    
    ------------
    Way of Musou
    ------------
    
    Effect:  Can use true musou attack regardless of health.
    
    Stage:  Ou Xing’s Rebellion, 187 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, defeat all main generals without letting any
       of the three villages fall.
    
    Location:  Southwestern corner of Chang Sha Castle.
    
    My Tips:
    
    Speed is the key.  It would be best if you started off at the villages first, 
    since they will fall pretty quickly.  Also, once you have defeated all the 
    enemies in front of the front gate, Ou Xing will call for people to guard the 
    front gate, which will cause Guo Shi to run there and ignore everything else, 
    making him tough to catch up to and kill.  Again, quickness is everything.
    
    
    -----------
    Wind Scroll
    -----------
    
    Effect:  Attack range increases.
    
    Stage:  The Two Qiaos, 196 AD
    
    Requirements:  Defeat Zuo Ci within 1 minute of his appearance.
    
    Location:  Northeast section of the map, west of where Zuo Ci appears.
    
    My Tips:
    
    This one is pretty easy.  Just beat up Zuo Ci as fast as possible when he 
    shows up.
    
    
    -----------
    Fire Arrows
    -----------
    
    Effect:  Can use fire arrows.
    
    Stage:  Battle of Han Shui, 219 AD
    
    Requirements:  Once either Huang Zhong’s surprise attack or Zhao Yun’s
       protection of the main camp fails, defeat Xu Huang.
    
    
    ----------
    Arm Guards
    ----------
    
    Effect:  No damage taken during charge attacks.
    
    Stage:  Battle of Mai Castle, 219 AD
    
    Requirements:
    
    
    ------------
    Tiger Collar
    ------------
    
    Effect:  Begin stage accompanied by a tiger.
    
    Stage:  The Two Qiaos, 196 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 8 minutes, use the opposite route that you are supposed
       to and defeat Zhou Tai.
    
    
    ------------
    Green Scroll
    ------------
    
    Effect:  Attack increases but defense decreases.
    
    Stage:  Battle of Han Shui, 219 AD
    
    Requirements:  After Xu Huang destroys the bridge, defeat Xu Huang.
    
    
    -----------
    Musou Armor
    -----------
    
    Effect:  Wearer not stunned by bow attacks.
    
    Stage:  Battle of Ji Castle, 213 AD
    
    Requirements:  Before Zhang He arrives, get 180 KOs.  Before Xiahou Yuan
       arrives, defeat Zhang He.
    
    Location:  Just outside the southern wall of the castle, east of the southern
       gate.
    
    My Tips:
    
    You will need to quickly get 180 KOs, as Zhang He appears after a 1 minute 
    and 30 seconds, so ignore all enemy generals and just defeat the easy enemy 
    soldiers.  You can get a lot of kills inside of Ji Castle.  You will need to 
    kill Zhang He quickly also, as Xiahou Yuan will appear after 2 minutes and 30 
    seconds.  Use as many musou tokens you can to defeat Zhang He, as he is 
    overpowered and electrified.
    
    
    -------------
    Tribal Remedy
    -------------
    
    Effect:  Health recovers for every 100 enemies defeated.
    
    Stage:  Husbands and Wives, 200 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 7 minutes, defeat the other three couples.
    
    
    ----------------
    Serpent Earrings
    ----------------
    
    Effect:  Attack increases for every 100 enemies defeated.
    
    Stage:  Battle of Ru Xu Kou, 217 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 8 minutes, defeat Zhang Liao three times and Xu Huang, 
    Xiahou Dun, and Cao Ren once.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  9d. New Accessories
      5XLRINEW        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    -------------
    Naga Earrings
    -------------
    
    Effect:  Defense increases for every 100 enemies defeated.
    
    Stage:  Battle of Xin Castle, 227 AD
    
    Requirements:  Before the gates open, defeat the four generals outside the
       castle and get 80 KOs.
    
    
    -----------
    Dragon Arms
    -----------
    
    Effect:  Can jump during Charge Attacks.
    
    Stage:  Battle of Mt. Qi, 231 AD
    
    Requirements:  After Zhuge Liang’s plan fails, defeat all generals and sub
       generals.
    
    
    ---------------------
    True Way of the Musou
    ---------------------
    
    Effect:  Strength and duration of musou attack increases.
    
    Stage:  Battle of Mai Castle, 219 AD
    
    Requirements:  Get 1000 KOs.
    
    
    ----------
    Ice Arrows
    ----------
    
    Effect:  Can use ice arrows.
    
    Stage:  Battle of Yang Ping Gate, 215 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, destroy all 20 statues.
    
    
    ------------
    Vampire Arms
    ------------
    
    Effect:  Health restored by guarding just before an enemy attack.
    
    Stage:  The Ten Eunuchs’ Rebellion, 189 AD
    
    Requirements:  Defeat the Bandit Leader four times.
    
    
    -------------
    Meat Bun Sack
    -------------
    
    Effect:  Defeated enemies drop meat buns at a set probability.
    
    Stage:  Battle of Jia Meng Gate, 214 AD
    
    Requirements:  Defeat Yang Ang, Yang Ren, and Yang Song.
    
    
    ----------
    Kirin Hoof
    ----------
    
    Effect:  Increases the strength of your mounts and tigers.
    
    Stage:  Showdown at Nan Zhong, 235 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 10 minutes, defeat Xu Huang.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  10. Fourth Weapons
      5XLFWEAP        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    In Dynasty Warriors 5: Xtreme Legends, there are now new ways to get the 
    fourth weapons.  I will be posting these new methods along with a time log of 
    my successful attempt.  The time log will only include important events until 
    the weapon is gotten and then the final completion time of the stage.  I have 
    included this in order to allow you to compare time and gauge where exact you 
    are at on your attempt.  The weapons are listed by character and not by 
    stage.
    
    All fourth weapons, except those for edit characters, can be gotten using 
    either the new DW5:XL method or the old DW5 method in Musou or Free mode if 
    you import DW5.  To view how to get these weapons using their old methods, 
    you can look at my DW5 guide on GameFAQs.  All fourth weapons have evolution 
    attacks built in and will give you a musou rage token every 100 kills.  The 
    Edit mode weapons and requirements are listed in the Other section.  All 
    fourth weapons can only be gotten on Hard or higher difficulty.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  10a. Shu Fourth Weapons
      5XLFWSHU        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    --------
    Zhao Yun
    --------
    
    Weapon:  Fierce Dragon
    Base Attack:  36
    Weight:  Medium
    Charge:  16
    Defense:  17
    Attack:  17
    Musou:  17
    Life:  17
    
    Scenario:  Battle of Han Shui, 219 AD
    
    Requirements:  Prevent a Task Leader from entering Shu’s main camp for 5
       minutes.
    
    Weapon Location:  Right outside the eastern entrance to the Shu main base.
    
    My Method:
    
    The only thing you need to do is prevent the Task Leaders from entering your 
    main camp.  They can cross the bridge, but if they are registered as entering 
    your camp, the weapon will be lost.  You will know when you lose the weapon 
    because Zhao Yun will say something to the effect of, “I cannot let another 
    man through to the main camp.”  I forget the exact quote.  The Shu sneak 
    attack does not have to succeed for the weapon to appear.  Normally, it will 
    fail miserably.  The Task Leaders will try to fake you out.  They will 
    sometimes initially charge at the bridge, then back off and wait and then try 
    to run down the sides of the bridge.  You need to pay close attention to 
    where you are standing on the bridge so you can see the entire entrance.  You 
    do not have to stand at the immediate entrance to the bridge.  I normally 
    position myself in the middle of the bridge to allow myself some leeway when 
    the Task Leaders charge.  Cao Zhang and Sun Li will also charge and try to 
    distract you from defeating Task Leaders, but they are normally easy kills.  
    Your priorities should be Task Leaders first, generals second, and other 
    enemies last.  If you’ve protected the main camp for five minutes, the weapon 
    will appear and Yue Jin will back off.  Now, you can go after Cao Cao and Cao 
    Pi, who guards the main camp.
    
    Time Log:
    
    1’20”10:  Defeated Cao Zhang.
    3’05”15:  Defeated Sun Li.
    5’00”01:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    5’02”56:  Yue Jin gives up attacking the Shu Main Camp.
    14’32”45:  Stage completed.
    
    
    -------
    Guan Yu
    -------
    
    Weapon:  Blue Moon Dragon
    Base Attack:  38
    Weight:  Light
    Charge:  16
    Horse:  16
    Defense:  17
    Attack:  18
    Life:  18
    
    Scenario:  Rescue at Lou Sang Village, 184 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 8 minutes, defeat all officers except for Zhang Jiao.
    
    Weapon Location:  Southwest village, near where you start.
    
    My Method:
    
    You have plenty of time to defeat mainly easy officers.  The hardest officer 
    on the map that you will need to defeat quickly is Zhang Bao, and even he 
    goes down pretty fast.  Start off by defeating Bo Zhang and Gao Sheng in the 
    southwest.  Once they have been defeated, make your ways towards the 
    northeast, where Zhang Fei is.  At the center of the map, Zhang Liang will 
    appear with phantom soldiers.  Defeat him along with Deng Mao and the phantom 
    soldiers will disappear.  Make your way towards the northeast village and 
    help Zhang Fei defeat Cheng Yuanzhi and Guan Hai.  Once they are defeated, go 
    directly south to where Liu Bei and the Village Elder are.  Defeat Zhang Man 
    Cheng first, since he’s the closest to the Village Elder.  The Village Elder 
    should not be close to dying, but you just want to make sure that he doesn’t 
    think about it.  After that, take out Yan Zheng.  This will cause a valuable 
    item to appear, but this is NOT your weapon.  This is the Hex Mark Saddle.  
    If you don’t have it yet, it will appear at the center of the map, which is 
    your next destination.  Go to the center of the map, grab the rare item if 
    you want, and then take on Zhang Bao.  By this time, he should have left the 
    safety of his wind barrier, so he should be accessible to you.  Zhang Bao is 
    the toughest general on the map other than Zhang Jiao, but quite frankly, 
    Zhang Bao isn’t all that strong.  He should fall pretty quickly, leaving you 
    with plenty of time to spare in getting the weapon.  Head back to the 
    southwest to claim your weapon, then go after Zhang Jiao’s head and complete 
    the stage.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’34”08:  Bo Zhang defeated.
    0’52”51:  Gao Sheng defeated.
    1’06”90:  Zhang Bao and Zhang Liang appeared.
    1’40”71:  Deng Mao defeated.
    1’45”81:  Zhang Liang defeated.
    2’29”95:  Cheng Yuanzhi defeated.
    2’35”05:  Guan Hai defeated.
    3’00”03:  Zhang Man Cheng defeated.
    3’37”31:  Yan Zheng defeated.
    4’37”88:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    4’40”43:  Zhang Bao defeated.
    7’15”41:  Stage completed.
    
    
    ---------
    Zhang Fei
    ---------
    
    Weapon:  Viper Blade
    Base Attack:  39
    Weight:  Light
    Fill:  16
    Horse:  16
    Defense:  15
    Attack:  19
    Musou:  17
    
    Scenario:  Rescue at Lou Sang Village, 184 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, get 300 KOs.
    
    Weapon Location:  Northeast village at the fork between the path going south
       and the path going southwest.
    
    My Method:
    
    You’re going to have to strategize a little for this weapon.  There are 
    certain marks you want to hit at each section of the map.  If you get 100 KOs 
    at the northeast village, 40 KOs at the southeast village, 80 KOs at the 
    southwest village, and 80 KOs at the center, you will get 300 KOs.  The trick 
    is to get as many KOs as possible at the northeast village.  This will make 
    hitting the marks at the other villages a lot easier.  Do not expect more 
    than 50 KOs at the southwest village or 100 KOs at the center, as it is hard 
    for enemies to spawn at those two places.  You start off at the northeast 
    village.  Go to the center of the village and make your way slowly up to the 
    northeast gate captain.  That gate does tend to spawn the most enemies on the 
    map.  Unfortunately, the enemy generals will not let you sit there for long 
    and should go after you.  Still, if you get over 100 KOs, you’re good to go.  
    Once you reach your mark of 100 KOs and have killed Cheng Yuanzhi and Guan 
    Hai in this area, head south towards the next village.  You will not get that 
    many kills here, as they are not grouped together very neatly.  Still, you 
    should be close or over 150 KOs by the time you kill the Zhang Man Cheng and 
    Yan Zheng in this area.  The next stop should be the southwest village.  You 
    can get a decent amount of kills here, but, as usual, the enemy generals will 
    not just let you sit at one spot and kill off soldiers.  Still, at this 
    point, you should be over 200 and almost to 250.  Defeat Bo Zhang and Gao 
    Sheng.  This should cause a valuable item to appear at the center of the map.  
    This is NOT your weapon.  This is the Hex Mark Saddle.  Now, head towards the 
    center.  Here, Zhang Liang will arrive with some soldiers of his own.  He’ll 
    also arrive with phantom soldiers, but since you can’t kill them, just try to 
    avoid them.  You should hit or be close to 300 by the time Zhang Liang and 
    Deng Mao are defeated.  There are two gates in this area, so if you are very 
    close to 300, you should be able to kill the 5 soldiers at each gate.  If you 
    move fast enough and hit your marks at each area, you should get the weapon.  
    After you claim your prize, defeat Zhang Bao and Zhang Jiao and complete the 
    stage.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’29”23:  50 KOs.
    0’42”15:  Cheng Yuanzhi defeated.
    1’00”33:  Guan Hai defeated.
    1’27”33:  100 KOs.
    1’35”21:  Zhang Man Cheng defeated.
    2’21”28:  Yan Zheng defeated.
    2’52”41:  150 KOs.
    3’16”60:  200 KOs.
    3’27”01:  Bo Zhang defeated.
    3’32”11:  Gao Sheng defeated.
    3’46”53:  Zhang Bao and Zhang Liang appeared.
    3’56”81:  250 KOs.
    4’28”46:  Deng Mao defeated.
    4’33”56:  Zhang Liang defeated.
    4’48”03:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    4’50”58:  300 KOs.
    9’13”10:  Stage completed.
    
    
    -----------
    Zhuge Liang
    -----------
    
    Weapon:  Peacock Feather
    Base Attack:  32
    Weight:  Medium
    Charge:  18
    Fill:  15
    Bow:  15
    Defense:  18
    Musou:  20
    
    Stage:  Battle of Mt. Qi, 231 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, complete the retreat.
    
    Weapon Location:  Eastern side of the center clearing.
    
    My Method:  Your first goal is to lure out Dai Ling.  The hardest part about 
    this is all the peons around him.  They tend to make things difficult.  Try 
    not to stay too close to Dai Ling, but if you get too far, he will stop 
    pursuing.  Try to get Dai Ling to reach the central area within two minutes.  
    Now, you should go help out Wei Yan.  Normally, it’s Xiahou Ba that doesn’t 
    start moving again fast enough.  Assist Wei Yan’s retreat by luring out 
    Xiahou Ba the same way you did Dai Ling.  Jiang Wei should get Fei Yao to 
    resume on his own.  Once Xiahou Ba and Fei Yao get lured out far enough, 
    Jiang Wei and Wei Yan will begin their retreats.  It should take them a 
    minute or so to fully retreat, so if they both haven’t started to retreat by 
    around 3 minutes and 30 seconds, odds are, they won’t have enough time to 
    complete the retreat.  Once both Wei Yan and Jiang Wei have retreated, your 
    weapon will appear.  Don’t get your weapon just yet, as you have to dodge 
    Task Leaders and avoid being spotted.  Well, you don’t have to, but it does 
    make the stage easier.  Either way, get your weapon when you head towards the 
    center area to defeat Dai Ling.  After you get your weapon, complete the 
    stage as normal.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’00”39:  Shu Forces have begun to pull back.
    0’19”01:  Dai Ling’s unit begins pursuit.
    1’05”28:  Zhuge Liang’s unit begins retreat.
    1’35”85:  Fei Yao’s unit stopped pursuit.
    1’41”31:  Xiahou Ba’s unit stopped pursuit.
    2’02”05:  Dai Ling’s unit holds up.
    2’58”50:  Wei Yan’s unit begins retreat.
    3’31”30:  Jiang Wei’s unit begins retreat.
    4’18”21:  Wei Yan’s unit headed towards eastern foot of the mountain.
    4’45”41:  Jiang Wei’s unit headed towards the western foot of the mountain.
    4’52”21:  Shu Forces prepared for a counterattack.
    4’54”76:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    14’45”13:  Stage completed.
    
    
    -------
    Liu Bei
    -------
    
    Weapon:  Gold Moon Dragon
    Base Attack:  34
    Weight:  Medium
    Luck:  20
    Horse:  15
    Speed:  18
    Defense:  18
    Musou:  15
    
    Stage:  Rescue at Lou Sang Village, 184 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, save all three villages and defeat Zhang
       Liang.  No villages can be in danger of being destroyed.
    
    Location:  Inside the southeast village, near the northern most house in the
       village.
    
    My Method:
    
    Your starting point is the southeast village.  There, Yan Zheng and Zhang Man 
    Cheng are attacking that village.  Defeat them both to save the first 
    village.  Now, head north to the northeast village.  This is where Zhang Fei 
    is fighting off the Yellow Turbans.  The two enemy generals in this area are 
    Guan Hai and Cheng Yuanzhi.  When they are both defeated, the second village 
    is rescued.  Now, go towards the southwest.  When you hit the middle of the 
    map, you will get ambushed by Zhang Liang and his phantom soldiers.  Defeat 
    Zhang Liang quickly.  You can defeat Deng Mao here if you want, but you don’t 
    have to.  Continue heading southwest towards the last village.  Bo Zhang and 
    Gao Sheng are in this area.  Defeat them and the third village is saved.  If, 
    at any time, you see a message stating that a village is about to be 
    destroyed, the weapon will be lost.  If you did everything correctly, you 
    should receive two valuable item messages.  The first one should appear in 
    the southeast village and should be your weapon.  The second one should be at 
    the center of the map and is the Hex Mark Saddle.  Grab your weapon, defeat 
    Zhang Bao, and then finish off the Yellow Turbans by defeating Zhang Jiao.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’25”70:  Yan Zheng defeated.
    0’46”65:  The Yellow Turbans leave the village in the southeast.
    0’55”30:  Zhang Man Cheng defeated.
    1’34”85:  Cheng Yuanzhi defeated.
    1’58”20:  The Yellow Turbans leave the village in the northeast.
    2’15”60:  Zhang Bao and Zhang Liang appeared.
    2’25”93:  Guan Hai defeated.
    2’41”03:  Deng Mao defeated.
    2’51”23:  Zhang Liang defeated.
    3’16”26:  Bo Zhang defeated.
    3’26”36:  The Yellow Turbans leave the village in the southwest.
    3’34”50:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    3’39”60:  Gao Sheng defeated.
    7’03”23:  Stage completed.
    
    
    -------
    Ma Chao
    -------
    
    Weapon:  Stallion Fury
    Base Attack:  38
    Weight:  Medium
    Horse:  20
    Speed:  15
    Defense:  16
    Attack:  17
    Life:  15
    
    Stage:  Battle of Ji Castle, 213 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 3 minutes, defeat Jiang Xu, Liang Kuan, Zhao Ang, Zhu 
    Ling, Yang Fu, and Du Xi, and then enter Ji castle.
    
    Location:  Northwest corner of the map, near where Xiahou Yuan appears, close
       to the northwest checkpoint.
    
    My Method:
    
    This weapon is almost impossible to get.  You have to defeat three 
    electrified generic generals, three regular generic generals, and then enter 
    the castle, all within 3 minutes.  The generals are spread out the entire 
    map, so it’s not like they are all in one area.  Okay, you will need four 
    things before you even start to get the weapon.  The first item you will need 
    is the Red Hare Saddle.  The Shadow Saddle is too slow for this weapon.  The 
    second item you will need is a level 20 Horned Helmet.  The third item you 
    will need is Ma Chao’s third weapon with a really high Horse stat, preferably 
    level 20.  You want enough Horse attack to be able to kill a general using 
    four to six regular hits and then a full musou attack.  The final thing you 
    will need is patience, because odds are, you will be replaying this stage 
    over and over again.
    
    The trick to this stage is to defeat the electrified generals as fast as 
    possible.  If you can defeat them within 1 minute to 1 minute and 15 seconds, 
    odds are, you can get the weapon.  Now, you may be asking yourself, how 
    exactly would you defeat three electrified generals within 1 minute?  The 
    answer is simple:  Defeat them while they are not electrified.  They do not 
    start off the stage electrified.  They only become that way after saying some 
    one liner to Ma Chao.  The trick is to use the game’s message delay issues to 
    your advantage.  As soon as the stage starts, head to Jiang Xu.  Defeat him 
    as quickly as possible.  If your Horse stat is high enough, you should be 
    able to defeat him in five horse attacks and then your horse musou.  Once 
    Jiang Xu is defeated, go towards Liang Kuan, but do not approach him yet.  
    Get as close to him as possible without him noticing you.  You will want to 
    wait for Yang Fu to say something to Pang De.  As soon as this happens, run 
    to Liang Kuan and do the same thing you did with Jiang Xu, dealing as much 
    damage as possible while Pang De is retorting to Yang Fu.  Hopefully, you 
    will be able to defeat Liang Kuan without him going all electric on you.  At 
    the worst, you should be able to deal enough damage to make him an easy kill.  
    Also, another thing that will hopefully happen is that a peon will drop an 
    Attack x 2 ax.  Normally, there is one person around Liang Kuan that will 
    drop the double attack ax, so if there is one, pick it up.  Quickly go to the 
    gates of Ji Castle, where Zhao Ang is.  By this time, there should be some 
    message delay from your kill on Liang Kuan, so repeat the process of 
    attacking five times and then unleashing a horse musou.  Hopefully, with the 
    combination of a double attack and the message delay, you will be able to 
    defeat Zhao Ang and open of Ji Castle at the same time with no issues.  If 
    you can defeat Jiang Xu, Liang Kuan, Zhao Ang, and the gate captain in front 
    of Ji Castle within 1 minute and 15 seconds, you should be able to get the 
    weapon.  Now, don’t enter the castle just yet.  You will need to defeat three 
    more generals.  Then ext target should be Zhu Ling.  He won’t power up, so he 
    should be an easy kill.  Once he is defeated, head south to Yang Fu.  If you 
    are too slow, Pang De will kill Yang Fu.  However, if Pang De has defeated 
    Yang Fu, odds were, you wouldn’t have gotten the weapon anyways because of 
    the time limit.  Yang Fu should be fighting Pang De, so defeat him while he 
    is distracted.  Now, continue to go west and then north.  Du Xi should be the 
    final general on the map that is required for the weapon.  Defeat him quickly 
    and then race to Ji Castle.  If you have done everything fast enough, you 
    will get your weapon as soon as you enter the castle.  Now, get your weapon 
    and then defeat all the other Wei generals at your leisure.  Congratulations, 
    you just obtained the hardest weapon in DW5:XL (in my opinion, of course).
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’22’93:  Jiang Xu defeated.
    0’51”91:  Ji Castle’s outer gates have opened.
    1’27”35:  Liang Kuan defeated.
    1’53”78:  Zhao Ang defeated.
    2’06”53:  Zhu Ling defeated.
    2’27”36:  Yang Fu defeated.
    2’38”85:  Du Xi defeated.
    2’46”50:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    6’32”81:  Stage completed.
    
    
    -----------
    Huang Zhong
    -----------
    
    Weapon:  Oracle Sword
    Base Attack:  36
    Weight:  Light
    Fill:  18
    Horse:  15
    Bow:  20
    Defense:  15
    Musou:  15
    
    Stage:  Battle of Han Shui, 219 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 6 minutes, pass through the northern bridge without
       being spotted.
    
    Location:  North of the southern bridge leading into the Wei main camp.
    
    My Method:
    
    The real requirement is to cause Cao Cao to charge the Shu Main Camp within 6 
    minutes, so you need to get to the bridge within 5 minutes and 45 seconds, as 
    Cao Cao does some talking in between you reaching the bridge and him charging 
    your camp.  First, you might want to equip a Huang’s Bow for this stage.  
    This way, your arrows are more powerful, allowing you to kill Defense 
    Captains in one hit.  Now, you need to make your way to the enemy camp within 
    6 minutes and without being spotted by a Defense Captain.  This is not a lot 
    of time, so you will need to be quick in killing people.  Your performance in 
    sniping people will affect Zhao Yun’s defense of the main gate, so you need 
    to be quick anyways.  If a Defense Captain says he swore he saw something, 
    the weapon is lost.  You will probably want to have a horse with you and just 
    jump off of your horse every time you want to snipe a Defense Captain.
    
    When the stage starts, head straight until the Defense Captain comes into 
    view.  Get off of your horse and snipe the first Defense Captain.  This is 
    the only Defense Captain that doesn’t move.  The rest will patrol in a 
    certain pattern.  Snipe them when they reach one of their two stopping 
    points.  Get back on your horse and go to the corner.  Snipe the second 
    Defense Captain from around the corner.  You will want to snipe the third 
    Defense Captain from the ledge that you are currently on instead of turning 
    the corner.  Get back on your horse and break open the box at the corner.  
    This will give you more arrows to use to snipe people with.  From the box of 
    arrows, move forward a little until the fourth Defense Captain comes into 
    view.  Kill him and make your way forward on this path.  The fifth Defense 
    Captain will be patrolling near the checkpoint, so stop well behind the 
    checkpoint to snipe him.  There is a box of arrows at the checkpoint, so grab 
    them.  The sixth defense captain patrols in a diagonal pattern, so you will 
    not want to approach too far past the checkpoint.  He is in front of the 
    square area.  Once you have sniped him, the seventh Defense Captain patrols 
    inside the square area, also in a diagonal pattern.  This is the hardest 
    Defense Captain in my mind to get a good position on.  Once you have killed 
    him, move to the center of the square.  The eighth Defense Captain is 
    patrolling south of the square.  Once he is dead, there is a box of arrows 
    south of the square.  Grab them and make your way towards the next Defense 
    Captain.  The ninth Defense Captain is patrolling in a diagonal pattern on 
    the next path.  He is the first Defense Captain that has short stops.  Try to 
    line him up so that when he stops at his furthest point away from you, he is 
    walking towards you when he turns around.  That way, he walks into your 
    arrow.  The tenth Defense Captain will also have very short stops, so you 
    will need to get close enough to him to cut down the distance, but still be 
    far enough as to where he cannot detect you.  The eleventh Defense Captain 
    has a little bit longer stops, so he is easier to snipe.  The twelfth and 
    final Defense Captain is near the bridge.  He moves very fast, so it may take 
    a while to get him.  You will need to shoot at one of his stopping points 
    before he actually reaches there.  Once you have killed the last guard, make 
    your way towards the bridge.  You will get a cut scene where Huang Zhong puts 
    some moves on some soldiers.  After this, Cao Cao will do some talking and 
    then you will get a message stating that Cao Cao is charging the Shu Main 
    Camp.  This is when your weapon will appear.  After this, claim your weapon 
    and complete the stage.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’34”56:  Yan Yan, Huang Zhong’s follow-up unit, has begun its advance.
    1’03”70:  Zhao Yun’s unit’s morale rises.
    1’16”98:  Zhao Yun’s unit morale rises.
    5’33”83:  The Wei Main Camp is in disorder after Huang Zhong’s ambush.
    5’42”91:  Cao Cao’s unit is charging toward the Shu Main Camp.
    5’45”46:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    9’47”43:  Stage completed.
    
    
    ---------
    Jiang Wei
    ---------
    
    Weapon:  Blink
    Base Attack:  36
    Weight:  Medium
    Luck:  15
    Speed:  15
    Attack:  16
    Musou:  18
    Life:  17
    
    Stage:  Battle of Mt. Qi, 231 AD
    
    Requirements:  Stop Wei Yan and then defeat Zhang He and Xu Zhu.
    
    Location:  The western side of Wei’s Main Camp, along a fence.
    
    My Method:
    
    As soon as the stage starts, go straight to Wei Yan.  Don’t worry about 
    luring out your general just quite yet.  Making your way to Wei Yan will make 
    him disobey Zhuge Liang’s orders of retreat.  Reach Wei Yan to make him obey 
    Zhuge Liang’s orders.  Now, head back to the general you need to lure out, 
    which is Fei Yao.  To lure him out, you will need to get him to follow you.  
    The best way to do this is to take him off of his horse.  This way, he will 
    not retreat as quickly if he loses sight of you.  Once Fei Yao is lured out 
    to the clearing, help out any other officers that are still busy luring out 
    their officers.  Once all three of the Shu armies are retreating or have 
    retreated, make your way to the southwest.  Here, you will need to stay until 
    Wei sends out Task Leaders to scout your camp.  To avoid the Task Leaders, 
    stay halfway up the western path until you start to see that Task Leader on 
    the path gets close to you.  Make your way back to the southwest.  You should 
    have a path to get to the middle path.  Hide halfway up that path until you 
    have a clear path to go back to the western path.  Go halfway back up the 
    western path again until the Shu ambush happens.  When that happens, head 
    back to where Fei Yao is.  Defeat him and his sub general, Guo Huai.  Now, go 
    to the center of the map.  Zhang He should be starting his attack on the 
    center.  Defeat him and Dai Ling, who should also be there.  Sima Yi should 
    begin his all out assault.  Now, help out Wei Yan in defeating Xiahou Ba 
    while waiting for Xu Zhu.  Once Xu Zhu shows up, quickly hunt him down and 
    defeat him.  The weapon should appear near your area, so grab it and then 
    defeat Sima Yi to finish the stage.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’27”23:  Wei Yan ignored Zhuge Liang’s orders.
    1’07”23:  Wei Yan appears to be following Zhuge Liang’s orders.
    2’11”46:  Jiang Wei’s unit begun retreat.
    3’14”66:  Zhuge Liang’s unit begun retreat.
    4’19”90:  Wei Yan’s unit begun retreat.
    5’53”55:  Shu Forces are preparing for a counterattack.
    6’16”75:  Wei task units are approaching the southwest.
    8’00”01:  Shu ambush troops appear.
    9’04”35:  Zhang He’s unit is heading toward the summit.
    9’27”55:  Fei Yao defeated.
    10’04”41:  Dai Ling defeated.
    10’43”03:  Zhang He defeated.
    12’08”56:  Secured Wei Main Camp.
    13’31”10:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    13’33”65:  Xu Zhu defeated.
    16’29”37:  Stage completed.
    
    
    -------
    Wei Yan
    -------
    
    Weapon:  Comet Strike
    Base Attack:  36
    Weight:  Medium
    Charge:  16
    Luck:  15
    Defense:  16
    Attack:  18
    Musou:  15
    
    Stage:  Battle of Jia Meng Gate, 214 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 6 minutes, defeat Zhang Wei before meeting Ma Chao and
       then get Ma Chao to defect.
    
    Location:  The center area of the map, almost the exact center of the entire
       map, near a tree in the middle of the path there.
    
    My Method:
    
    I am not 100% sure on the time requirements.  I did everything within six 
    minutes and got the weapon.  You need to be fast about getting Ma Chao to 
    defect, as there are quite a few steps involved in this process.  Before you 
    can even get to that, you need to defeat Zhang Wei first.  As soon as you 
    head up the path to Zhang Wei, he will begin to throw boulders at you.  
    Ignore the boulders and head to Zhang Wei’s sub general, Yan Pu.  You can 
    defeat him if you want, but if you’re not sure about the time restraint, you 
    can run past him.  Once Zhang Wei is defeated, make your way quickly to Ma 
    Chao.  You will need to defeat him quickly.  He does heal himself once and 
    double up his defense, so he will take some time to defeat.  Once he is 
    defeated, Zhang Lu will chastise Ma Chao.  Now, quickly run to the southeast.  
    Ma Chao will reappear on the map, but ignore him for now.  You need to 
    decrease Zhang Lu’s faith in him some more.  You need to seal off both 
    checkpoints in the southeast and defeat Ma Dai.  This will lower Zhang Lu’s 
    faith in Ma Chao enough to get him to defect to your side when he is defeated 
    the next time.  Run back to Ma Chao and face off with him again.  He will 
    pull the same heal and defense double crap again, so be prepared for that.  
    Once Ma Chao is defeated the second time, there will be a cut scene of him 
    defecting to Shu.  Your weapon will appear if you did everything fast enough.  
    Grab your weapon, as it should be close to the area you fought Ma Chao.  Now, 
    it’s time to show Zhang Lu what a mistake it was to give up on Ma Chao.  
    Charge with Ma Chao at Zhang Lu and defeat him to end the stage.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’46”91:  Yan Pu defeated.
    1’15”00:  Zhang Wei defeated.
    2’45”41:  Ma Chao defeated.
    2’51”95:  Zhang Lu’s faith in Ma Chao decreased greatly.
    3’23”95:  Ma Chao reappeared.
    3’45”21:  Cut off first Entry Point.
    3’52”96:  Cut off second Entry Point.
    4’09”90:  Ma Dai defeated.
    4’18”53:  Zhang Lu’s faith in Ma Chao decreased.
    4’31”46:  Zhang Lu’s faith in Ma Chao decreased.
    5’28”18:  Ma Chao defeated.
    5’47”51:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    11’04”20:  Stage completed.
    
    
    ---------
    Pang Tong
    ---------
    
    Weapon:  Tornado Staff
    Base Attack:  32
    Weight:  Medium
    Fill:  18
    Luck:  15
    Bow:  16
    Defense:  17
    Life:  15
    
    Scenario:  Struggle for the Book, 183 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 7 minutes and 30 seconds, reach Master Lao and his
       final trial.
    
    Weapon Location:  Southeast corner of the inner most part of the castle.
    
    My Method:  The requirements for this weapon are deceptive.  The requirements 
    are really to get the game to acknowledge that you have reached Master Lao 
    within 7 minutes and 30 seconds.  The thing is, there are a lot of events 
    that normally have to cycle through before the game acknowledges that you 
    have reached the final trial.  Normally, you will be standing around for Lu 
    Bu to show up for about a minute and a half, so you really have to get to 
    Master Lao within 6 minutes.  If you will see from the time log, the gate was 
    opened before 6 minutes had elapsed, but the generals defeated in order for 
    the gate to be opened weren’t acknowledged by the battle log until a minute 
    has passed.  There is a lot of talking between Master Lao, Zhang Jiao, and 
    Zuo Ci.  They just refuse to shut up.  Either way, you really need to get to 
    Master Lao within 6 minutes and then just avoid whirlwinds for a minute and a 
    half.
    
    First, destroy the enemy troops in the southwest section of the map.  They 
    are all easy foot soldiers and Pang Tong’s musou can normally defeat them 
    really fast.  Once they are all defeated, keep heading north.  You should 
    have a Red Hare Saddle, since it will make passing the wind tunnel part of 
    the map really easy.  Keep going and don’t stop riding until you reach the 
    western gate of the castle.  Defeat the phantom Master Lao (ignore the 
    Lieutenants) to open the gate.  Inside the gate, you will need to quickly 
    dispose of Sun Jian, Cao Cao, and Liu Bei.  The phantom soldier should be the 
    only major annoyance, but try your best to defeat these three quickly.  Abuse 
    Pang Tong’s musou as much as possible.  Once the three leaders are defeated, 
    the inner castle gates will open, allowing you to reach the next section of 
    the map.  Here, Master Lao will summon a phantom Zhang Jiao and a phantom Zuo 
    Ci to do battle with you.  Defeat them as quickly as possible because you 
    will soon have to face two more phantoms and 4 on 1 are not very good odds.  
    After Master Lao throws a rockslide at you, he will summon two phantom Pang 
    Tongs.  Defeat the four phantoms and the inner central gate will open.  You 
    should enter the inner most part of the castle and get next to Master Lao 
    within 6 minutes.  If you don’t, you might not register reaching Master Lao 
    within the 7 minutes and 30 second timeframe.  Once Master Lao acknowledges 
    your presence and throws Lu Bu at you, the weapon will appear.  Claim your 
    prize and defeat Lu Bu to finish the map.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’18”53:  Destroyed the enemy troops in the southwest.
    0’55”45:  Winds along the western path have been stopped.
    1’24”30:  The outer West Gate opened.
    2’53”86:  Defeated Sun Jian.
    3’33”61:  Defeated Cao Cao.
    4’42”98:  Defeated Liu Bei.
    5’54”90:  The inner Central Gate opened.
    6’51”68:  Defeated Zuo Ci.
    6’54”23:  Defeated Pang Tong.
    6’56”78:  Defeated Pang Tong.
    6’59”33:  Defeated Zhang Jiao.
    7’21”90:  Reached Master Lao.
    7’43”01:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    8’48”58:  Stage completed.
    
    
    --------
    Yue Ying
    --------
    
    Weapon:  Oblivion
    Base Attack:  36
    Weight:  Medium
    Charge:  15
    Horse:  15
    Bow:  16
    Defense:  17
    Life:  16
    
    Stage:  Husbands and Wives, 200 AD
    
    Requirements:  After Cao Pi and Zhen Ji becomes your enemy, defeat Cao Pi and
       Zhen Ji within 2 minutes and 30 seconds.
    
    Location:  Northeast corner of the north castle.
    
    My Method:
    
    When the stage starts, Zhen Ji and Yue Ying will start talking about how 
    their husband is the greatest.  After this, Zuo Ci sends out troops to attack 
    you and everyone else.  Zhuge Liang decides that it’s best to run away and 
    take a different rout.  Well, Zuo Ci isn’t really impressed with that and 
    sends out more troops to attack you on that path as well.  Finally, Zhuge 
    Liang will begin to fight.  Fight your way to the north castle.  Try to get 
    as many kills as possible, as you power up your husband after every 50 KOs.  
    This will make fighting the other couples, especially Zhen Ji and Cao Pi, 
    easier.  Once when you enter the north castle, you will start the first 
    trial.  Zuo Ci will send a phantom Zuo Ci after you.  Defeat him and complete 
    the first trial.  Now, Zhen Ji and Cao Pi should be either inside the castle 
    or close to the castle.  If they are still doing their trial, they will need 
    to clear their trial before they will turn into your enemy.  You can help 
    them out with their trial to speed up the process.  Once you get close to 
    Zhen Ji and Cao Pi and they are not busy with a trial, there will be a cut 
    scene where there will be a lot of insults thrown.  They will then turn into 
    your enemies.  You will now have 2 minutes and 30 seconds to defeat them 
    both.  Weaken Zhen Ji a little, but make sure you defeat Cao Pi first.  If 
    you defeat Zhen Ji first, Cao Pi will run away and might escape before you 
    can defeat him.  Defeating Cao Pi first will cause Zhen Ji to become more 
    powerful, but if you weakened her first before defeating Cao Pi, she should 
    be easier to defeat.  Once they are defeated, your weapon will appear.  Now, 
    defeat the other two couples, pass the next two trials, and obtain the 
    Imperial Seal to prove that you are the strongest couple in the Three 
    Kingdoms.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’30”35:  Enemy troops have appeared.
    0’38”28:  Zhuge Liang falls back.
    1’03”96:  Enemy troops have appeared.
    2’13”91:  50 KOs.
    2’26”35:  Zhuge Liang has grown stronger.
    3’36”65:  100 KOs.
    3’47”98:  Zhuge Liang has grown stronger.
    5’29”46:  150 KOs.
    5’32”01:  Zuo Ci defeated.
    5’43”66:  Zhuge Liang has grown stronger.
    5’54”01:  First trial cleared.
    6’46”63:  A fight as started with Zhen Ji and Cao Pi
    6’49”18:  Defeat Zhen Ji and Cao Pi.
    7’39”45:  Cao Pi defeated.
    7’55”40:  Zhen Ji defeated.
    8’02”10:  Zhen Ji and Cao Pi fall back.
    8’04”65:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    16’19”46:  Stage completed.
    
    
    ---------
    Guan Ping
    ---------
    
    Weapon:  Young Dragon
    Base Attack:  36
    Weight:  Light
    Charge:  16
    Luck:  15
    Bow:  15
    Attack:  17
    Life:  15
    
    Stage:  Battle of Mai Castle, 219 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 7 minutes and 30 seconds, defeat Pan Zhang, Ma Zhong,
       and Lu Xun.
    
    Location:  On the northeastern path, near where Pan Zhang ambushes you.
    
    My Method:
    
    You first task is to defend Mai Castle from anyone and everyone who is trying 
    to kill Guan Yu.  First, defeat Niu Jin on the eastern side of the castle.  
    Then, head to the southern side of the castle where Man Chong is.  Defeat him 
    and go to the western side of the castle.  Defeat Zhu Ling that is there.  By 
    this time, Lu Meng will order more soldiers to attack your castle, giving you 
    even more fun.  The main attack from Wu and Wei will be at the southern gate 
    of the castle.  Position yourself there and run through the opposition 
    soldiers.  Jiang Qin should be the first general you will see at this gate.  
    Defeat him and stay at the gate.  Don’t go too far south.  Otherwise, Cao Ren 
    will appear as reinforcements and you will lose the chance to get your 
    weapon.  The next general to attack the south gate will be Zhu Ran.  Once he 
    is defeated, Xu Sheng should normally come to the south gate.  Sometimes, he 
    will go to Guan Yu through the east gate.  Either way, he should be the next 
    kill.  Then, defeat Cheng Pu at the west gate.  Finally, defeat Xu Huang, who 
    will either be at the south gate or will shortly come to the south gate.  If 
    you are short on time, you can ignore Xu Huang.  However, defeating him will 
    keep Guan Yu from being in any trouble whatsoever.  Now, Mai Castle should be 
    completely defended for the most part.  You can start getting your 
    reinforcements to show up.  Take the eastern path to the eastern checkpoints.  
    You will get ambushed by Pan Zhang on the northeastern path.  Once Pan Zhang 
    defeated, head towards the eastern checkpoint.  Here, Ma Zhong will ambush 
    you.  Defeat him and the checkpoint here and head south, ignoring the supply 
    base.  When you get near the southeastern checkpoint, Lu Xun will ambush you.  
    Defeat him and the weapon will appear, if you did everything within the time 
    constraints.  Now, occupy both southeastern checkpoints, head north and get 
    your weapon, and finish the stage as normal.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’26”41:  Niu Jin defeated.
    0’49”28:  Man Chong defeated.
    1’28”18:  Zhu Ling defeated.
    2’24”98:  Jiang Qin defeated.
    2’56”86:  Zhu Ran defeated.
    3’16”25:  Xu Sheng defeated.
    4’01”45:  Cheng Pu defeated.
    4’04”00:  Xu Huang defeated.
    4’52”93:  Pan Zhang defeated.
    5’15”81:  Checkpoint occupied.
    5’40”05:  Ma Zhong defeated.
    6’28”75:  Fourth weapon discovered
    6’31”30:  Lu Xun defeated.
    13’00”08:  Stage completed.
    
    
    --------
    Xing Cai
    --------
    
    Weapon:  Ambition
    Base Attack:  34
    Weight:  Medium
    Horse:  15
    Speed:  16
    Defense:  17
    Musou:  17
    Life:  15
    
    Stage:  Battle of Mai Castle, 219 AD
    
    Requirements:  Defeat Cao Ren within 1 minute and 30 seconds of his arrival.
    
    Location:  South of the southeastern supply base.
    
    My Method:  You will probably need the Red Hare Saddle for this weapon.  You 
    start off in the southeast.  First, attack the supply base in front of you.  
    Lu Xun will eventually ambush your troops.  Once you have taken out the 
    supply base, you can defeat Lu Xun.  Occupy the checkpoint in the area and 
    then head north towards the next supply base.  Take that supply base.  Now, 
    you will get attacked by some of Cao Ren’s sub generals.  Defeating them will 
    lower the morale of Cao Ren, which is a plus.  There should be two in the 
    area.  They are Sun Li and Jiang Ji.  Defeat them and move on to the 
    checkpoint.  Occupy that and continue to head north and then west towards 
    Guan Ping.  There should be two generals here attacking him, Xu Sheng and Pan 
    Zhang.  Defeat them both if you have time.  Sometimes, Guan Yu will talk so 
    much that he will give you time to defeat them.  Now, Cao Ren should appear 
    where you started off when you get too far north and west.  You need to 
    defeat him within 1 minutes and 30 seconds from this point, so you need to 
    track him down quickly.  Defeat Cao Ren as quick as possible.  His little 
    immunity to interruption while he attacks is annoying, but if you have a 
    musou token handy, it should make quick work of him.  If you defeated him 
    within the time limit, the weapon will appear.  Grab your weapon, save Guan 
    Yu, and defeat Lu Meng to finish the stage.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’26”28:  Supply base falls.
    0’49”33:  Lu Xun defeated.
    1’27”60:  Checkpoint occupied.
    1’56”03:  Supply base falls.
    2’23”71:  Sun Li defeated.
    3’02”36:  Jiang Ji defeated.
    3’24”88:  Ma Zhong defeated.
    3’31”28:  Checkpoint occupied.
    4’41”60:  Cao Ren’s unit arrives.
    4’49”25:  Xu Sheng defeated.
    4’51”80:  Pan Zhang defeated.
    5’46”35:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    5’48”90:  Cao Ren defeated.
    12’46”00:  Stage completed.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  10b. Wei Fourth Weapons
      5XLFWWEI        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    ----------
    Xiahou Dun
    ----------
    
    Weapon:  Kirin Fang
    Base Attack:  36
    Weight:  Medium
    Charge:  17
    Horse:  16
    Defense:  17
    Attack:  17
    Musou:  16
    
    Stage:  Imperial Rescue, 195 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 4 minutes, defeat Li Jue, Guo Si, and Zhang Ji.
    
    Location:  Center of the northwest area.
    
    My Method:  I don’t believe this is the best method, but it worked for me.  I 
    ignored the normal pathway for Xiahou Dun and just ran straight for Li Jue.  
    He was surrounded by his three sub generals, so they had to be taken care of 
    first before Li Jue could go down.  The three generals in the area should be 
    Hu Che Er, Li Meng, and Zhao Cen.  Defeat everyone quickly.  Li Jue has a lot 
    of health and defense, so he should be tough to take down.  I got lucky and 
    had a musou token get dropped, so those will help immensely.  Once Li Jue is 
    defeated, you will need to defeat some enemies around the carriage.  If you 
    don’t, the carriage will be destroyed pretty quickly.  You don’t have to 
    defeat everyone, but just enough to keep it from falling apart while you are 
    killing the other two generals.  Once the carriage is safe, quickly travel 
    along the northern path to the northwest.  There, you will face off with Guo 
    Si and Zhang Ji, along with their sub generals.  There are a lot of generals 
    in this area also, but just focus on Guo Si and Zhang Ji, since they are the 
    only two that are required for the weapon.  The rest shouldn’t be much of a 
    problem.  Once all three required generals are defeated within four minutes, 
    the weapon will appear.  This is very hard, as you have to travel a lot of 
    distance within a short amount of time.  Also, there are a lot of sub 
    generals in each area to distract you.  Try your best to kill quickly.  Once 
    you claim your prize, head back to the carriage and protect it as much as 
    possible, as it should be severely weakened by the lack of protection you 
    were giving it.  Protect the carriage and complete the stage as normal.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’39”58:  Li Jue is interfering with Xiahou Dun.
    2’03”45:  Li Meng defeated.
    2’06”00:  Zhao Cen defeated.
    2’08”55:  Hu Che Er defeated.
    2’11”10:  Li Jue defeated.
    2’33”48:  Guo Si has begun pursuit to take back the Emperor.
    2’39”73:  Zhang Ji has begun pursuit to take back the Emperor.
    3’25”46:  Guo Si defeated.
    3’44”35:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    3’59”86:  Zhang Ji defeated.
    11’07”26:  Stage completed.
    
    
    --------
    Dian Wei
    --------
    
    Weapon:  Mad Bull
    Base Attack:  38
    Weight:  Light
    Charge:  15
    Fill:  15
    Attack:  18
    Musou:   17
    Life:   17
    
    Stage:  Imperial Rescue, 195 AD
    
    Requirements:  Defeat Yuan Shao within 1 minute of encountering him.
    
    Location:  The center area of the map, almost the exact center of the entire
       map, north of a house.
    
    My Method:  You will want to save up a musou token if you get one, as it will 
    be important for defeating Yuan Shao quickly.  In order for Yuan Shao to show 
    up on the map, a lot of time will have to pass.  You will have to be on the 
    stage for almost 12 minutes for Yuan Shao, and then you have to hunt him down 
    and then defeat him within one minute of encountering him.  This could be 
    hard if you defeat everyone quickly, as the carriage can reach its goal 
    without Yuan Shao even showing up on the map.  The best way to delay 
    everything is to not go after Li Jue first.  Go after Guo Si first.  This 
    way, the carriage will remain with the enemies and can’t be hurt by them, but 
    time will pass.  Head towards Guo Si and defeat him and his sub general, Wang 
    Fang.  Now, it’s time to intercept Li Jue.  You do not have to defeat him 
    quickly.  If his sub generals come close to you, defeat them first.  This 
    will give Yuan Shao some time to show up on the stage.  Once you have 
    defeated Li Jue, defeat most of the enemies around the carriage.  You can 
    leave some there, enough to stall it, but don’t leave too many, as they will 
    destroy the carriage.  Now, it’s time to focus on Zhang Ji, who should have 
    arrived already.  Defeat his sub generals first, again stalling for time.  
    Zhang Ji’s two sub generals are Zhang Xiu and Jia Xu.  Once they are 
    defeated, take out Zhang Ji.  You don’t have to defeat him quickly.  Try to 
    defeat him just as Lu Bu shows up on the stage.  Now, once Zhang Ji is 
    defeated, protect the carriage from anyone around them and then go after Lu 
    Bu and his sub generals.  They are hanging out along the western path and in 
    the southwest.  Run through Gao Shun and Zhang Liao.  Then, lure out Chen 
    Gong and defeat him without going near Lu Bu.  Finally, defeat Lu Bu.  Lu Bu 
    will is overpowered and will double his attack when injured.  Once Lu Bu is 
    defeated, head back to the carriage and protect it from anyone who may be 
    around it.  Now, all you have to do is wait for Yuan Shao.  Yuan Shao will 
    appear in the northeast.  The best way to get to Yuan Shao is to wait for him 
    to come at you.  This way, you can run through his sub generals and they 
    won’t interfere with the battle.  When Yuan Shao shows up, quickly defeat the 
    checkpoint that arrives in the middle of the map.  This will prevent any 
    troops from getting to the carriage and destroying it.  Now, you will first 
    get attacked by Yan Liang.  Defeat him quickly, as Zhang He will quickly 
    follow.  Defeat him quickly also.  Finally, Yuan Shao will show up.  Yuan 
    Shao is powered up and will double his attack when he is injured.  You have 
    one minute from the moment he introduces himself to defeat him.  Remember 
    that musou token you were told to save?  Once you have removed him from his 
    horse, use that musou token and go off on Yuan Shao.  This should at least 
    take off his first life bar.  Now, just keep attacking him until his second 
    life bar is all gone.  The Fire element combined with his unstoppable Charge 
    5 will really help deplete Yuan Shao’s life quickly.  If you defeat Yuan Shao 
    within one minute, you will receive a notice that your weapon has been 
    discovered.  Now, all that remains is getting the weapon and waiting for the 
    carriage to enter Luo Yang.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’59”30:  Wang Fang defeated.
    1’22”31:  Guo Si defeated.
    3’35”31:  Zhang Ji arrived.
    3’40”41:  Zhao Cen defeated.
    3’56”05:  Li Meng defeated.
    4’58”06:  Li Jue defeated.
    6’04”08:  Lu Bu arrived.
    6’42”83:  Jia Xu defeated.
    6’45”38:  Zhang Xiu defeated.
    6’58”31:  Zhang Ji defeated.
    8’31”50:  Gao Shun defeated.
    9’20”75:  Zhang Liao defeated.
    9’36”60:  Chen Gong defeated.
    10’56”93:  Lu Bu defeated.
    12’03”86:  Yuan Shao arrived.
    12’22”58:  Checkpoint occupied.
    12’51”53:  Yan Liang defeated.
    13’20”80:  Zhang He defeated.
    13’48”75:  Yuan Shao defeated.
    13’53”85:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    14’15”66:  Stage completed.
    
    
    ------
    Xu Zhu
    ------
    
    Weapon:  Stone Crusher
    Base Attack:  38
    Weight:  Light
    Fill:  17
    Luck:  15
    Bow:  19
    Defense:  19
    Life:  20
    
    Stage:  Imperial Rescue, 195 AD
    
    Requirements:  Defeat Lu Bu within 1 minute of encountering him.
    
    Location:  Southwest area of the map, east of Luo Yang Gate and east of where
       Lu Bu appears.
    
    My Method:
    
    Okay, defeating Lu Bu is no fun.  Defeating Lu Bu within 1 minute is really 
    no fun.  Defeating Lu Bu within 1 minute with Xu Zhu is just downright wrong.  
    Thanks KOEI.  Okay, to start off the stage, just follow the stage normally.  
    You will probably want to defeat all the enemy generals who are currently on 
    the map before Lu Bu shows up, just to provide more chance of the carriage 
    surviving.  Lu Bu normally arrives after six minutes into the stage.  Also, 
    you will want to save up any musou tokens you may find for the battle with Lu 
    Bu.  When the stage starts, quickly head to the northwest.  There, you will 
    find Guo Si and his sub general, Wang Fang.  Defeat them both and then make 
    your way along the northern path.  You will run into Li Jue on this path.  
    Defeat him as quickly as possible.  If any of his sub generals try to 
    interfere, you can defeat them if you want.  It’s your choice.  Once Li Jue 
    is defeated, defeat any enemies that may be around the carriage to prevent it 
    from being destroyed.  Zhang Ji will appear now.  Defeat him quickly, along 
    with his two sub generals, Zhang Xiu and Jia Xu.  Once all three are 
    defeated, Lu Bu should arrive with his little posse.  They are all along the 
    western side of the map.  You should defeat each of Lu Bu’s sub generals 
    before facing off with Lu Bu to lower his morale.  Lu Bu’s sub generals are 
    Gao Shun, Zhang Liao, and Chen Gong.  When you get to Chen Gong, lure him 
    away from Lu Bu so that you don’t accidentally encounter Lu Bu too early.  
    Once all of Lu Bu’s sub generals are defeated, make your way to Lu Bu.  You 
    should save before the fight with Lu Bu, just in case he doesn’t fall within 
    one minute.  Lu Bu will be electrified and get a little intro, signifying 
    that he’s overpowered.  He will double his attack when injured and go into 
    musou rage when near death.  Well, you should have a musou rage of your own, 
    so use it.  Just use all of Xu Zhu’s strongest attacks.  If you kill Lu Bu 
    within one minute of his introduction, the weapon will appear.  If you didn’t 
    kill Lu Bu within one minute, well, you did save, right?  Grab the weapon, 
    protect the carriage until it enters Luo Yang Castle, and complete the stage.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’23”63:  Guo Si is interfering with Xu Zhu.
    0’58”61:  Wang Fang defeated.
    1’17”50:  Guo Si defeated.
    3’01”71:  Li Jue defeated.
    3’20”15:  Defend the carriage so it may safely enter Luo Yang Castle.
    5’01”40:  Jia Xu defeated.
    5’35”96:  Zhang Xiu defeated.
    6’24”86:  Zhang Ji defeated.
    7’01”21:  Gao Shun defeated.
    7’50”23:  Zhang Liao defeated.
    8’25”08:  Chen Gong defeated.
    9’20”76:  Lu Bu defeated.
    9’25”86:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    13’09”06:  Stage completed
    
    
    -------
    Cao Cao
    -------
    
    Weapon:  Wrath of Heaven
    Base Attack:  34
    Weight:  Medium
    Charge:  17
    Horse:  17
    Bow:  15
    Attack:  17
    Life:  17
    
    Stage:  Imperial Rescue, 195 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 2 minutes, defeat Li Jue and gain control of the
       emperor’s carriage.
    
    Location:  Northeast corner of the map, just a little west of the northeast
       checkpoint.
    
    My Method:
    
    You should equip the Red Hare Saddle for this weapon.  The goal is to get the 
    game to recognize that you have taken control of the emperor’s carriage 
    before two minutes have elapsed.  As soon as the stage starts, run directly 
    north for Li Jue.  Do your best to ignore all sub generals in your way.  Just 
    head straight for Li Jue and defeat him as quickly as possible.  Juggling him 
    with the Fire Orb will help get past his high health.  Also, any musou tokens 
    that are dropped should be immediately used.  Normally, there is an enemy 
    that will drop one in this area.  When Li Jue is defeated, Cao Cao will do 
    some talking and then the carriage will switch over to your side.  You should 
    get the weapon at or around this time.  You do not need to get the game to 
    recognize that you have defeated Li Jue in under two minutes.  You just need 
    the carriage to be on your side before two minutes.  Once you have the 
    emperor in your possession, defeat any enemies surrounding the emperor, grab 
    your weapon, protect the carriage along it’s way to Luo Yang, and complete 
    the stage.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’35”15:  The carriage stopped.
    1’28”28:  Defend the carriage so it may safely enter Luo Yang Castle.
    1’38”55:  Enemy units have appeared in the carriage’s pathway.
    1’41”10:  Defeat all enemy units that appear in the carriage’s pathway.
    1’43”65:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    2’19”65:  Li Jue defeated.
    12’15”66:  Stage completed.
    
    
    -----------
    Xiahou Yuan
    -----------
    
    Weapon:  Enforcer Rod
    Base Attack:  36
    Weight:  Medium
    Charge:  16
    Bow:  19
    Attack:  16
    Musou:  17
    Life:  17
    
    Stage:  Battle of Yang Ping Gate, 215 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within two minutes of their arrivals, defeat Li Yan, Zhao Yun,
       and Zhang Fei.
    
    Location:  On top of the walls of Yang Ping Gate, west of the gate.
    
    My Method:
    
    As soon as the stage starts, make your way directly north.  Li Yan will 
    appear as soon as you get too far north.  Defeat him as soon as he arrives.  
    He will appear along with his sub general, Lei Tong.  Also in the area will 
    be Yang Ang, so you will have three generic generals on you along with a lot 
    of soldiers.  Do your best to defeat Li Yan quickly.  Once he and the rest of 
    the generals in the area have been defeated, continue to make your way north.  
    Zhang Lu will make phantom soldiers appear to annoy Cao Cao, but ignore that 
    for now.  Just continue to make your way north along the eastern path.  When 
    you reach the attack base along the way, take it and move on.  Eventually, 
    Zhao Yun will appear with his sub general, Meng Da.  Defeat Zhao Yun quickly, 
    as he is the next required general on your hit list.  Once he is defeated 
    quickly, make your way to the northeastern supply base.  When you get too 
    close to the supply base, Zhang Fei will appear with his sub general, Zhang 
    Bao.  You know the routine by now.  Defeat quickly, ignore sub general if you 
    want, everything you’ve done before.  Once Zhang Fei is defeated, if everyone 
    has been defeated quickly, your weapon will appear in the enemy main camp.  
    Now, make your downhill charge on the main camp, grab your weapon, and 
    complete the stage.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’15”51:  Shu reinforcements have arrived.
    0’57”78:  Lei Tong defeated.
    1’00”33:  Li Yan defeated.
    1’07”98:  Yang Ang defeated.
    1’13”18:  Zhang Lu has summoned Wei troops.
    1’55”16:  Zhao Yun’s unit has arrived.
    2’38”75:  Meng Da defeated.
    2’41”30:  Zhao Yun defeated.
    2’49”06:  Zhang Fei’s unit has arrived.
    3’32”28:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    4’14”31:  Zhang Bao defeated.
    4’16”86:  Zhang Fei defeated.
    7’50”68:  Stage completed.
    
    
    ----------
    Zhang Liao
    ----------
    
    Weapon:  Gold Wyvern
    Base Attack:  36
    Weight:  Medium
    Fill:  15
    Luck:  15
    Horse:  18
    Attack:  17
    Life:  17
    
    Stage:  Battle of Yan Province, 194 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, open the three gates of Pu Yang Castle and
       get Chen Gong to defect.
    
    Location:  Along the castle walls, east of the North Gate.
    
    My Method:  You will definitely need the Red Hare Saddle for this weapon.  
    You start off on the western path of the map.  You will need to quickly get 
    to the castle.  First, you should take out the attack base along your path.  
    Now, head towards the next attack base.  Yu Jin should be inside this base, 
    so take the base along with Yu Jin’s head.  Now, head south and take out the 
    checkpoint there.  Now, it’s time to take out the guards of the three gates.  
    The first one that needs to fall is Li Dian, who is at the West Gate.  Defeat 
    him quickly.  Now, move onto the North Gate.  Man Chong is there trying to 
    act like he knows how to fight.  Quickly defeat him and then head to the last 
    gate.  Yue Jin is guarding the last gate.  Defeat him quickly and then occupy 
    the checkpoint next to the East Gate.  Now, you will need to lead your forces 
    around Pu Yang Castle.  The best way to do this is to defeat any enemy forces 
    that are around the castle.  That way, your forces will be running to the 
    gates instead of fighting the enemies and getting stalled.  There is a lot of 
    talking from Chen Gong before he opens the gates and defects, so you will 
    need to surround everything with 20 seconds to spare.  Once Chen Gong 
    defects, the weapon will appear inside the castle.  Claim your weapon and 
    finish off Xun Yu to finish the stage.  Who needs Lu Bu anyways?
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’16”10:  Pu Yang Castle gates close.
    0’18”65:  Attack base falls.
    1’07”01:  Yu Jin defeated.
    1’19”46:  Checkpoint occupied.
    1’39”01:  Li Dian defeated.
    2’16”16:  The West Gate has been surrounded.
    2’31”75:  Man Chong defeated.
    2’50”90:  Yue Jing defeated.
    2’58”55:  Checkpoint occupied.
    3’40”90:  The North Gate has been surrounded.
    4’36”05:  The East Gate has been surrounded.
    4’45”81:  All of Pu Yang Castle’s Gates have opened.
    4’48”36:  Chen Gong has left Cao Cao’s Forces.
    4’53”46:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    5’40”86:  Stage completed.
    
    
    -------
    Sima Yi
    -------
    
    Weapon:  Dark Feather
    Base Attack:  32
    Weight:  Medium
    Charge:  15
    Fill:  15
    Defense:  16
    Attack:  15
    Musou:  19
    
    Stage:  Battle of Xin Castle, 227 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 6 minutes and 40 seconds, capture the southwestern,
       southern, and southeastern checkpoints and get 100 KOs.
    
    Location: Southeastern area of the map, beside a fence.
    
    My Method:
    
    Your first objective is to defeat the four generals outside of the castle.  
    In the easiest and quickest order to defeat them, they are Shen Dan, Shen Yi, 
    Li Fu, and Deng Xian.  They are each pretty easy to defeat.  You should 
    defeat them as quickly as possible.  You will probably spend about 2 minutes 
    defeating each of these generals.  Once this happens, Meng Da’s soldiers will 
    open the gates to his castle.  Don’t go after Meng Da just yet.  You will 
    need to the southeast.  Once Li Yan appears as reinforcements for Meng Da, 
    there will be three checkpoints in the south that appear.  You will now need 
    to quickly seal off all three checkpoints.  First, seal off the southeastern 
    checkpoints.  Then, head west.  Defeat the gate captain outside the defense 
    base, but do not capture the base.  Ignore it for more.  Close off the 
    southern checkpoint and then head west.  Finally, seal off the southwestern 
    checkpoint.  By this time, you should have at least 50 kills.  You should be 
    able to head east and pick off enemy soldiers that were hanging around the 
    gates for the rest of your kills.  If not, head over to Li Yan’s unit.  He 
    will have some soldiers around him.  Once you have obtained 100 kills, the 
    weapon will appear, provided that you did everything within the time frame.  
    Once you have your weapon, defeat Li Yan and then capture Xin Castle by 
    defeating Meng Da.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’50”66:  Shen Dan defeated.
    1’37”16:  Shen Yi defeated.
    2’12”90:  Li Fu defeated.
    2’41”95:  Deng Xian defeated.
    3’05”80:  Li Yan’s unit arrived.
    3’40”81:  Checkpoint occupied.
    3’43”36:  The Southeastern Entry Point has been captured.
    3’56”11:  50 KOs.
    3’58”66:  Checkpoint occupied.
    4’01”21:  The Southern Entry Point has been captured.
    4’16”51:  Checkpoint occupied.
    4’19”06:  The Southwestern Entry Point has been captured.
    4’21”61:  All Shu entry points have been closed.
    5’39”68:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    5’42”23:  100 KOs.
    8’00”88:  Stage completed.
    
    
    --------
    Xu Huang
    --------
    
    Weapon:  Marauder
    Base Attack:  36
    Weight:  Light
    Fill:  15
    Luck:  15 
    Speed:  15
    Attack:  17
    Life:  18
    
    Stage:  Battle of Xin Castle, 227 AD
    
    Requirements:  Before Li Yan arrives, open the castle gates.  You must get
       credit for the kill on each general outside the castle.
    
    Location:  Center of Xin Castle near a tree.
    
    My Method:
    
    In order to open the castle gates, you will need to kill the four generals 
    outside of the castle.  You will need to kill all four generals outside the 
    castle gates as fast as possible.  You have around three minutes to defeat 
    all four generals.  The quickest order to take them all out would be Deng 
    Xian, Li Fu, Shen Yi, and Shen Dan.  Ignore the peons and bases and just go 
    after the commanders.  If Li Yan appears before the game recognizes you get 
    the fourth kill, the weapon will be lost.  You should be able to kill all 
    four generals in around two minutes, so you should have a minute to spare (I 
    actually really sucked badly when I was doing the run for the Time Log times, 
    but I still had 30 seconds to spare).  When the enemy soldiers are ready to 
    open the gates to Xin Castle, the weapon will appear inside the castle.  Get 
    your weapon and complete the stage.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’57”60:  Deng Xian defeated.
    1’18”48:  Li Fu defeated.
    1’45”38:  Shu’s reinforcements are approaching.
    1’58”85:  Shen Yi defeated.
    2’38”48:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    2’58”61:  Shen Dan defeated.
    8’12”21:  Stage completed.
    
    
    --------
    Zhang He
    --------
    
    Weapon:  Phoenix Talon
    Base Attack:  36
    Weight:  Medium
    Charge:  15
    Fill:  15
    Speed:  19
    Attack:  16
    Musou:  19
    
    Stage:  Battle of Yang Ping Gate, 215 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, defeat Yang Ren, Yang Song, and Zhang Wei.
    
    Location:  South of Yang Ren and Yang Ping Gate
    
    My Method:
    
    As soon as the stage starts, run towards the eastern path and make your way 
    towards the second level.  On the second level, there are three generals 
    there.  One of them is who you are required to kill, which is Yang Song.  
    Another general is his sub general, Yang Bo.  The final general there is 
    Zhang Lu, who will summon phantom Wei soldiers to distract your forces.  I 
    normally defeat all three generals on this level, but if think you will be 
    pressed for time later on, you can just defeat Yang Song and Zhang Lu.  Zhang 
    Lu will retreat once you get his health low, so you won’t actually be able to 
    defeat him.  Once Yang Song is defeated, just head up to the next level 
    taking the eastern path.  Normally, you would destroy the statues and raise 
    the stairs, but that is too time consuming.  On the eastern path, Zhao Yun 
    will ambush you.  Ignore him, as he’s just a distraction.  At the end of the 
    path, you will see a cliff.  You will either need to destroy the two statues 
    here or you will need to abandon your horse.  Head towards Zhang Wei.  If you 
    are fast enough, you will reach him before Zhang Lu tries to perform his 
    spell with him.  If not, you will have another general there distracting you.  
    Either way, just defeat Zhang Wei and ignore any distractions.  Your final 
    target is Yang Ren, who is Zhang Lu’s sub general.  Yang Ren is just north of 
    Zhang Wei.  Defeat Yang Ren and the weapon should appear, if you have done 
    everything fast enough.  Grab your weapon and complete the stage.
    
    Time Log:
    
    1’26”00:  Yang Bo defeated.
    1’48”51:  Zhang Lu disappeared.
    2’23”00:  Yang Song defeated.
    3’00”48:  The stairs have appeared.
    3’30”35:  Zhang Wei defeated.
    3’54”61:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    3’57”16:  Yang Ren defeated.
    9’46”43:  Stage completed.
    
    
    -------
    Zhen Ji
    -------
    
    Weapon:  Dark Moon Flute
    Base Attack:  32
    Weight:  Medium
    Fill:  20
    Horse:  17
    Bow:  18
    Defense:  18
    Life:  17
    
    Stage:  Husbands and Wives, 200 AD
    
    Requirements:  After Zhuge Liang and Yue Ying become your enemy, defeat Zhuge
       Liang and Yue Ying within 2 minutes and 30 seconds.
    
    Location:  Inside the southwestern castle, near the eastern gate inside the
       castle
    
    My Method:
    
    When the stage starts, you get immediately ambushed by Zuo Ci.  He will then 
    send more ambush troops your way.  You will need to defeat these ambush 
    troops as you make your way to the north castle, as Cao Pi tends to stop and 
    fight enemies that are in his path.  It is also good to get as many kills as 
    possible before you face off with Yue Ying and Zhuge Liang, as it will allow 
    Cao Pi to become stronger and more able to help with the killing of the other 
    couple.  Once you have reached the north castle, you will face off against 
    the first trial, which is a phantom Zuo Ci.  Defeat this phantom to pass the 
    first trial.  Now, Yue Ying and Zhuge Liang should either be near the north 
    castle or inside the north castle.  If they are already inside the north 
    castle, they will not turn into an enemy until they have defeated their 
    phantom Zuo Ci.  Once you get next to Yue Ying and Zhuge Liang and they are 
    not doing a trial, you will see a cut scene where Zhen Ji and Yue Ying throw 
    barbs at one another.  From this point on, they will become your enemies and 
    you will have 2 minutes and 20 seconds to defeat Yue Ying and Zhuge Liang.  
    If you separate the two couples, they are much easier to defeat.  If you 
    defeat Zhuge Liang, Yue Ying will go into musou rage.  However, if you defeat 
    Yue Ying, Zhuge Liang will run away.  You do need to defeat both generals to 
    receive your weapon.  Once the couple from Shu have been defeated, your 
    weapon will appear.  It appears in the southwestern castle, so you should 
    make that your next stop.  Once you grab your weapon, clear the next two 
    trials, defeat the Qiao sisters and their husbands, and claim the seal to 
    complete the stage. 
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’30”40:  Enemy troops have appeared.
    0’35”85:  Cao Pi has begun his attack.
    1’03”98:  Enemy troops have appeared.
    1’36”50:  50 KOs.
    1’48”66:  Cao Pi has grown stronger.
    3’13”86:  100 KOs.
    3’24”15:  Cao Pi has grown stronger.
    3’34”56:  Zuo Ci defeated.
    3’44”91:  First trial cleared.
    4’46”33:  A fight as started with Yue Ying and Zhuge Liang.
    4’48”88:  Defeat Yue Ying and Zhuge Liang.
    4’55”98:  Yue Ying and Zhuge Liang fall back.
    4’58”53:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    5’01”08:  Zhuge Liang defeated.
    5’03”63:  Yue Ying defeated.
    15’33”38:  Stage completed.
    
    
    -------
    Cao Ren
    -------
    
    Weapon:  Roc
    Base Attack:  32
    Weight:  Light
    Fill:  15
    Bow:  15
    Defense:  18
    Attack:  15
    Life:  19
    
    Stage:  Battle of Yang Ping Gate, 215 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 2 minutes of their arrivals, defeat Zhang Yi, Huang
       Zhong, and Guan Yu.
    
    Location:  On top of the walls of Yang Ping Gate, west of the gate.
    
    My Method:
    
    Each ambush unit in question will appear on the western side of the stage, 
    which is a good thing, since that is where you start off at.  As soon as the 
    stage starts, make your way north.  Don’t stop for anything, just keep going 
    north.  Zhang Yi will appear near the northwest corner.  Just make your way 
    towards him and defeat him quickly.  You will need to defeat him fast because 
    Huang Zhong appears when you get too far north on the western path.  Huang 
    Zhong will appear on a ledge that you cannot jump on.  You will need to lure 
    him out to get to him.  If you go all the way to the ledge, this should get 
    Huang Zhong to jump off of the ledge and fight you.  Defeat him quickly.  You 
    can defeat his sub general, Yan Yan, if you want, but he is not necessary.  
    The last general you will need to defeat is Guan Yu.  He will appear behind 
    you once you have made some progress in the stage.  Head to the third level 
    of the mountain and clear out the area of all generals.  Zhao Yun should have 
    arrived and should be hunting you down, so get rid of that nuisance.  Once 
    the third tier has been cleared out of generals, break the statues to make 
    your way to the second level.  Here, you will find Zhang Lu, who has created 
    phantom Wei soldiers to halt your army’s advance.  Attack Zhang Lu and get 
    his health down halfway to cause him to retreat and to cause the illusions to 
    disappear.  Now, clear out the second level of all enemy generals.  Once all 
    generals are gone from the second level, start breaking statues to get to the 
    first level.  Pang De will appear at Yang Ping gate, so make your way towards 
    him.  Once you get close to Pang De, Guan Yu will appear from behind Cao Cao 
    and near where you started at.  Quickly turn around and head towards Guan Yu.  
    If you defeat him quickly enough, your weapon will appear in the enemy main 
    camp.  You will need to defeat Pang De to get into the camp.  Run back up the 
    mountain to Pang De, defeat the overpowered general, grab your weapon, and 
    defeat Zhang Lu to complete the stage.
    
    Time Log:
    0’17”91:  Shu reinforcements arrived.
    0’57”66:  Huang Zhong’s unit arrived.
    1’05”31:  Zhang Yi defeated.
    1’14”41:  Zhang Lu has summoned Wei troops.
    1’57”28:  Yan Yan defeated.
    2’06”55:  Zhao Yun’s unit arrived.
    2’11”75:  Huang Zhong defeated.
    2’23”33:  Strange statues have been discovered.
    2’55”71:  Yang Ren defeated.
    2’58”86:  Zhang Wei defeated.
    3’42”73:  Meng Da defeated.
    3’45”28:  Zhao Yun defeated.
    4’27”45:  The stairs appeared.
    5’32”48:  Zhang Lu has disappeared.
    5’35”03:  Zhang Lu has appeared in the enemy main camp.
    6’05”11:  Yang Bo defeated.
    6’42”03:  Yang Song defeated.
    6’55”56:  The stairs appeared.
    7’01”93:  Wei’s main army has begun to attack Yang Ping Gate.
    7’11”40:  Pang De’s unit appeared.
    7’34”60:  Guan Yu’s unit arrived
    8’32”60:  Guan Yu defeated.
    8’37”70:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    11’56”90:  Stage completed.
    
    
    ------
    Cao Pi
    ------
    
    Weapon:  Chaos
    Base Attack:  34
    Weight:  Medium
    Fill:  15
    Speed:  19
    Defense:  15
    Attack:  15
    Musou:  19
    
    Stage:  Battle of Xin Castle, 227 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 1 minute of their arrivals, defeat Li Yan, Wei Yan,
       Zhao Yun, and Ma Chao.
    
    Location:  Inside Xin Castle, next to a house that is close to the center of
       the castle.
    
    My Method:
    
    You will need a saddle for this one, because there really isn’t much time to 
    defeat the generals.  When the stage starts, quickly defeat all four generals 
    who are outside of the castle.  Those generals are Deng Xian, Li Fu, Shen 
    Dan, and Shen Yi.  Once they are all defeated, the gates to Xin Castle will 
    open.  Now, just wait for Li Yan to appear.  He will appear in the southwest 
    at the three minute mark with a sub general, Jiang Wan.  Ignore the sub 
    general and defeat Li Yan quickly.  Now, you will want to make your way to 
    the southwest checkpoint.  This is where Wei Yan will appear.  Take the 
    southern defense base and make your way to the checkpoint.  When Wei Yan 
    appears, defeat him quickly.  Ignore his sub general, Wang Ping.  He will try 
    to get involved, but just focus on Wei Yan.  Once Wei Yan is defeated, rush 
    over to the southern checkpoint.  Wait for Zhao Yun to arrive.  Again, ignore 
    the sub general Zhao Yun brings, which is Jian Yong, and just focus on Zhao 
    Yun.  Defeat him as quickly as possible and then make your way to the 
    southeastern entry point.  This is where Ma Chao will arrive with his sub 
    general, Ma Dai.  Again, ignore the sub general as much as possible and focus 
    on the main general.  If you defeat Ma Chao quickly and defeated all the 
    other Shu generals quickly, your weapon will appear.  Grab your weapon and 
    then defeat Meng Da to complete the stage.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’40”58:  Shen Dan defeated.
    1’23”21:  Shen Yi defeated.
    2’06”38:  Li Fu defeated.
    2’45”16:  Deng Xian defeated.
    3’08”03:  Li Yan’s unit has arrived.
    3’52”95:  Li Yan defeated.
    4’28”65:  Southern defense base falls.
    4’45”75:  Wei Yan’s unit has arrived.
    5’20”26:  Checkpoint occupied.
    5’22”81:  The Southwestern Entry Point has been captured
    5’25”36:  Wei Yan defeated.
    6’03”86:  Zhao Yun’s unit has arrived.
    6’36”65:  Checkpoint occupied.
    6’39”20:  The Southern Entry Point has been captured.
    6’41”75:  Zhao Yun defeated.
    7’05”30:  Ma Chao’s unit has arrived.
    7’33”61:  Ma Dai defeated.
    7’36”16:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    7’47”80:  Ma Chao defeated.
    9’00”76:  Stage completed.
    
    
    -------
    Pang De
    -------
    
    Weapon:  Heavenly Halberd
    Base Attack:  36
    Weight:  Light
    Luck:  15
    Horse:  17
    Defense:  15
    Attack:  16
    Life:  18
    
    Stage:  Battle of Ji Castle, 213 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 45 seconds of their arrival, defeat Zhang He and Xiahou
       Yuan. (Maybe the limit is 1 minute, because I went over the 45 second
       limit when defeating Xiahou Yuan)
    
    Location:  Northeast section of the map, west of the northeast checkpoint.
    
    My Method:
    
    Every fourth weapon that was on Ji Castle has been a major pain.  Luckily, 
    there was only two.  You are going to have to defeat two overpowered generals 
    within 45 minutes of their arrivals.  However, it is possible that you are 
    given a minute instead of 45 seconds, because I defeated Xiahou Yuan in over 
    45 seconds (I did defeat Zhang He within the 45 seconds, even though the time 
    log says otherwise.  There was a lot of talking that prevented the message 
    from appearing).  You will want to save up musou tokens until you face these 
    two generals.  At least they don’t arrive together.  You will want the Red 
    Hare Saddle for this stage.  As soon as the stage starts, make your way east 
    towards Yang Fu and the southern attack base.  Defeat Yang Fu and take the 
    base.  Now, make your way towards the northeast.  An ambush will appear, but 
    you can ignore them.  Make your way towards Zhu Ling and the eastern attack 
    base.  Defeat Zhu Ling and capture the attack base.  Now, take the bridge and 
    head west.  You do not want to go inside the castle yet because that would 
    cause you to lose your horse and you need him.  Assist Ma Chao with as many 
    generals as possible until you receive the report that Zhang He is about to 
    arrive.  Once you have that report, quickly head towards the northeast.  That 
    is where Zhang He will appear.  Defeat him as fast as possible.  If you have 
    a musou token, use it.  Once Zhang He is defeated, quickly make your way 
    towards the northwest section of the map.  This is where Xiahou Yuan will 
    appear.  Once he has appeared, defeat him quickly.  If you managed to pick up 
    another musou token, use it.  If you defeated both generals within the time 
    limit, your weapon will appear in the northeast.  Grab your weapon, drop in 
    on Ji Castle, and take the castle.  This will end the stage.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’27”21:  Southern attack base falls.
    0’48”66:  Ambush troops from Cao Cao’s Forces have appeared.
    0’51”21:  Yang Fu defeated.
    1’15”25:  Zhu Ling defeated.
    1’25”53:  Eastern attack base falls.
    2’02”13:  Jiang Xu defeated.
    2’54”20:  Du Xi defeated.
    3’06”41:  Zhang He’s unit is approaching.
    3’28”63:  Zhang He’s unit has appeared.
    3’38”41:  Zhang He’s unit is heading towards Pang De.
    3’40”96:  Pang De’s unit is ready to engage.
    4’05”70:  Xiahou Yuan’s unit is approaching.
    4’14”20:  Zhang He defeated.
    4’39”61:  Xiahou Yuan’s unit has appeared.
    5’29”88:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    5’51”21:  Xiahou Yuan defeated.
    8’30”68:  Stage completed.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  10c. Wu Fourth Weapons
      5XLFWWUF        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    -------
    Zhou Yu
    -------
    
    Weapon:  Ancients Sword
    Base Attack:  34
    Weight:  Medium
    Charge:  17
    Bow:  16
    Defense:  15
    Attack:  16
    Musou:  18
    
    Stage:  The Two Qiaos, 196 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 1 minute of the tigers appearing, clear the tigers
       without getting noticed by them.
    
    Location:  Inside the central area, in between the path to the northwest area 
    and Xiao Qiao’s Gate.
    
    My Method:
    
    You start off by going east.  Ignore the soldiers.  When you pass the first 
    gate, it closes behind you and you are faced with your first trial.  Do not 
    quickly rush into the middle of the field, as the first trial is to sneak 
    past the tigers that are scattered about the field.  The fastest, easiest, 
    and best way I’ve found requires the Red Hare Saddle.  First, follow the 
    northern edge until you hit the north gate in the area.  After that, quickly 
    go southeast towards the house on the other side of the gate.  Stay at the 
    back end of the north side of the house until you see the tiger in front of 
    you start to run away.  Then, go straight south until you reach the wall.  
    Then, follow that wall until you reach the eastern gate.  Wait for the tiger 
    in front of you to start moving away from the eastern edge of the wall.  As 
    soon as he moves, make your move and just follow the eastern wall and you 
    should be clear of the tigers.  It does take patience and luck, as the tigers 
    have a very huge radius of detection, but this method has worked for me more 
    than once.  And no, I didn’t copy and paste the whole thing from the 
    Walkthrough section.  I edited one sentence.  What can I say?  The method 
    works.  If you have done everything fast enough, your weapon will appear.  If 
    not, try again.  After you have obtained your weapon, defeat Huang Gai, Zhou 
    Tai, Zuo Ci, and the two Qiaos to complete the stage.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’10”41:  The East Gate has closed.
    0’17”08:  Tigers have appeared.
    0’23”35:  Pass without being noticed by the tigers.
    1’12”21:  You have passed by the tigers.
    1’21”68:  The tigers are running away.
    1’24”23:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    7’49”11:  Stage completed.
    
    
    ------
    Lu Xun
    ------
    
    Weapon:  Falcon
    Base Attack:  34
    Weight:  Medium
    Fill:  15
    Luck:  18
    Speed:  20
    Attack:  15
    Musou:  19
    
    Stage:  Battle of Shi Ting, 228 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 6 minutes and 40 seconds, get Zhou Fang to defect.
    
    Location:  At the eastern section of the map, near Lu Xun’s starting point.
    
    My Method:
    
    To get Zhou Fang to defect, you need to surround him and Cao Xiu.  To 
    accomplish this, you will need to take over the east, northeast, south, and 
    southwest parts of the map.  You start off in the east.  First, defeat Xiahou 
    Hui and Zhang Hu.  Now, you will need to wait for Sun Shang Xiang to defeat 
    Xiahou Ba.  Don’t worry too much about this, as she tends to finish him off 
    quickly.  Just hang out at the eastern area and defeat any soldiers that are 
    in the area to raise morale.  Once Xiahou Ba is defeated, immediately head 
    north and clean house.  There are three generals in the area that need to be 
    defeated, which are Fei Yao, Wen Pin, and Xu Huang.  There is also an attack 
    base that needs to be captured.  Once all generals in the area have been 
    defeated and the attack base has fallen, the northeast will be secure.  
    Immediately go to the southwest.  You will need to assist Sun Shang Xiang in 
    capturing her area.  There are three generals in this area as well.  They are 
    Cao Ren, Xiahou Shang, and Xu Zhu.  There is also an attack base here that 
    needs to fall.  Hopefully, by this time, Sun Shang Xiang should have done 
    some damage to the generals in the area.  Once the generals in the area have 
    been defeated or retreated and the base has fallen, Zhou Fang will take out 
    the bridge behind Cao Xiu and defect.  Sun Quan will order an all out attack.  
    This will cause your weapon to appear.  Now, quickly save your neglected 
    commander, Sun Quan, grab your weapon, and finish the stage.  Oh, and yes, it 
    actually took the game over 3 minutes to recognize the fact that I had taken 
    the southwestern attack base.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’51”61:  Lu Xun’s unit has stopped.
    1’07”20:  Zhang Hu defeated.
    1’14”98:  Xiahou Hui defeated.
    1’29”36:  Xu Huang’s unit arrived.
    2’32”03:  Xiahou Ba defeated by Sun Shang Xiang.
    2’46”53:  Eliminate all enemies in the enemy base.
    2’59”51:  Fei Yao defeated.
    3’04”71:  Xu Zhu’s unit arrived.
    3’15”21:  Northeastern attack base falls.
    3’38”80:  Wen Pin defeated.
    3’55”75:  Lu Xun’s unit has secured the position in the northeast.
    4’02”15:  Secure the position in the southwest.
    4’20”81:  Cao Ren defeated by Sun Shang Xiang.
    5’11”40:  Sun Shang Xiang’s unit has secured the position in the southwest.
    5’27”31:  Wu Forces have all begun to advance.
    5’29”86:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    5’48”08:  Xu Zhu defeated.
    8’37”75:  Southwestern attack base falls.
    13’05”20:  Stage completed.
    
    
    ---------
    Taishi Ci
    ---------
    
    Weapon:  Tiger Slayer
    Base Attack:  38
    Weight:  Medium
    Charge:  15
    Horse:  15
    Bow:  15
    Defense:  18
    Life:  18
    
    Stage:  Battle of Ru Xu Kou, 217 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 6 minutes, defeat Zhang Liao 3 times.
    
    Location:  South of the eastern attack base, directly west of the eastern
       checkpoint.
    
    My Method:
    
    You’re going to have to focus on Zhang Liao the entire time, as he takes some 
    time to show up in between defeats.  You start off near an enemy attack base.  
    Take the base and then go to Zhang Liao.  He’s easy to defeat this time, so 
    defeat him quickly.  Now, every time Zhang Liao will reappear on the stage, 
    he will appear in the southeast corner.  You want to stay near this area.  In 
    waiting for him to reappear, you can go ahead and defeat Yu Jin.  Zhang Liao 
    will appear after a minute from his first retreat.  He will have more defense 
    and health the second time around, so it should take longer to defeat him.  
    Once Zhang Liao retreats again, head north and take the eastern attack base.  
    Do not defeat Xiahou Dun just yet.  I believe that if you do, you will lose 
    the weapon for some reason.  If not, head back to the southeast corner and 
    defeat Zhang Liao a third time.  He is stronger and electrified this time 
    around, but you should have plenty of time to defeat him for the third time.  
    If you get the third kill on Zhang Liao within 6 minutes, your weapon will 
    appear, probably north of where you were fighting.  Grab your weapon and then 
    finish off the stage.
    
    Time Log:
    
    1’01”46:  Zhang Liao defeated.
    1’08”46:  Zhang Liao is pulling back.
    1’50”95:  Yu Jin defeated.
    2’13”58:  Zhang Liao has arrived.
    3’27”50:  Zhang Liao defeated.
    3’36”85:  Zhang Liao is pulling back.
    4’09”28:  Eastern attack base falls.
    4’43”46:  Zhang Liao has arrived.
    5’28”21:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    5’30”76:  Zhang Liao defeated.
    5’39”26:  Zhang Liao is running.
    14’59”81:  Stage completed.
    
    
    ---------------
    Sun Shang Xiang
    ---------------
    
    Weapon:  Sol Chakram
    Base Attack:  32
    Weight:  Heavy
    Luck:  19
    Bow:  15
    Speed:  19
    Defense:  17
    Life:  15
    
    Stage:  Battle of Shi Ting, 228 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, defeat Xin Pi, Xiahou Ba, and Wang Shuang
       and get 200 KOs.
    
    Location:  In the southern area near where you start, near the path towards
       the center of the map.
    
    My Method:
    
    The first two generals that you have to defeat, which are Xin Pi and Xiahou 
    Ba, are the first two generals that you would have to defeat normally.  
    However, Wang Shuang is one of Cao Xiu’s sub generals that attack Sun Quan.  
    Therefore, you will have to make a quick detour to Sun Quan when Wang Shuang 
    starts his attack.  As for the 200 KOs, they are not that hard to achieve.  
    You start off in the southern area of the map with Xin Pi and Xiahou Ba.  
    Defeat those two and then defeat any enemy soldiers in the southern area 
    while waiting for Lu Xun to finish off Xiahou Hui.  Once Lu Xun has defeated 
    Xiahou Hui, head towards Sun Quan.  Wang Shuang should be in this area.  
    Defeat him and then go back to the southwest.  Now, all you have to do is get 
    200 KOs.  You should have at least 2 minutes left to do this, so it shouldn’t 
    be too hard.  There should be at least 100 kills in the southwest, as long as 
    you don’t seal the checkpoint down there too quickly.  Once you obtain 200 
    KOs, if you did it all in under 5 minutes, your weapon will appear.  Grab 
    your weapon, get Zhou Fang to defect, and complete the stage.
    
    Time Log:
    
    1’06”95:  50 KOs.
    1’09”50:  Xin Pi defeated.
    1’12”05:  Xiahou Ba defeated.
    2’08”01:  Xiahou Hui defeated by Lu Xun.
    2’42”11:  100 KOs.
    2’58”90:  Wnag Shuang defeated.
    3’01”45:  Jia Kui defeated.
    3’44”86:  Xu Zhu defeated.
    4’05”73:  150 KOs.
    4’31”90:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    4’34”45:  200 KOs.
    7’53”80:  Stage completed
    
    
    --------
    Sun Jian
    --------
    
    Weapon:  Savage Tiger
    Base Attack:  34
    Weight:  Light
    Fill:  18
    Horse:  16
    Defense:  16
    Musou:  15
    Life:  15
    
    Stage:  Ou Xing’s Rebellion, 187 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 3 minutes, defeat Li Damu, Sha Moke, and Zhang Man
       Cheng without losing a village.
    
    Location:  Near the western gate of Chang Sha Castle, close to the checkpoint
       in the area.
    
    My Method:
    
    When the stage starts off, you will need to defeat Zhou Chao quickly, as that 
    will allow your troops to begin its pincer attack.  Once Zhou Chao is 
    defeated, Huang Gai will go open the gates to the castle, Sun Ce will go 
    towards the eastern gate, and your goal will be to secure the western gate 
    and the villages.  There will be various ambushes on the villages, so they 
    will be your targets.  All three generals are sub generals of Ou Xing.  The 
    first general you will run across is Li Damu.  Defeat him quickly and then 
    head towards the western side of the map.  There, you will run into Sha Moke.  
    Defeat him and then make your way south.  Zhang Man Cheng will be in the 
    area.  Defeat him quickly and the villages will have been saved.  Your weapon 
    will appear near the western gate if you saved all three villages within 3 
    minutes, so that should be your next goal.  Take the western gate, help Sun 
    Ce take the eastern gate, and then defeat Ou Xing to complete the stage.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’59”96:  Zhou Chao defeated.
    1’22”00:  Remnants of the Yellow Turbans are attacking a village.
    1’41”88:  Defeat the enemy officers near the village and save the villagers.
    1’49”71:  Li Damu defeated.
    1’55”40:  North village saved.
    2’27”55:  Sha Moke defeated.
    2’32”73:  East village saved.
    2’56”51:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    3’04”51:  Zhang Man Cheng defeated.
    3’10”03:  South village saved.
    8’20”60:  Stage completed.
    
    
    --------
    Sun Quan
    --------
    
    Weapon:  Master Wolf
    Base Attack:  34
    Weight:  Medium
    Charge:  17
    Fill:  15
    Bow:  15
    Attack:  16
    Musou:  18
    
    Stage:  Battle of Shi Ting, 228 AD
    
    Requirements:  Before Zhou Fang defects, defeat Jia Kui, Wang Shuang, Xin Pi,
       Zhang Hu, Xiahou Shang, Cao Ren, and Wen Pin.
    
    Location:  South of the central supply base.
    
    My Method:
    
    As soon as the stage starts, go north and take the empty supply base.  Now, 
    you can wait here for the generals to come to you.  Every one of those 
    generals listed are those that charge after Sun Quan when you are playing as 
    him.  The first two to attack the supply base are Jia Kui and Wang Shuang.  
    They are both sub generals of Cao Xiu.  Once they are defeated, Xin Pi should 
    be attacking the supply base from the other side.  Quickly go around the base 
    to defeat him.  Now, back on the north side, Zhang Hu should be making to the 
    base.  Defeat him quickly, because Cao Ren and his sub general, Xiahou Shang, 
    will be making their way back to the south side and Xu Zhu, Xu Huang, and Wen 
    Pin will be attacking from the north.  Defeating Wen Pin is a must, but 
    defeating Xu Zhu and Xu Huang is optional.  Once Wen Pin is defeated, quickly 
    head to the south of the supply base.  Defeat Xiahou Shang first, as he is a 
    sub general of Cao Ren and will run away if Cao Ren is defeated first.  Once 
    Cao Ren is defeated, your weapon will appear.  Grab your weapon, which should 
    be in the area that you are at.  Now, after Zhou Fang defects and Cao Pi 
    arrives on the battlefield, defeat Cao Pi to complete the stage.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’36”95:  Neutral base occupied.
    1’06”40:  Wang Shuang defeated.
    1’17”78:  Jia Kui defeated.
    1’46”13:  Xin Pi defeated.
    2’34”85:  Zhang Hu defeated.
    3’35”83:  Wen Pin defeated.
    4’25”38:  Xu Zhu defeated.
    5’08”51:  Xu Huang defeated.
    5’13”61:  Xiahou Shang defeated.
    5’32”50:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    5’43”06:  Cao Ren defeated.
    11’15”38:  Stage completed.
    
    
    -------
    Lu Meng
    -------
    
    Weapon:  White Tiger
    Base Attack:  36
    Weight:  Medium
    Charge:  15
    Horse:  16
    Bow:  15
    Defense:  17
    Life:  17
    
    Stage:  Battle of Ru Xu Kou, 217 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 3 minutes, capture the southern and eastern attack
       bases and defeat Xiahou Dun.
    
    Location:  Along the eastern path to the central area, north of the western
       attack base and west of the eastern checkpoint.
    
    My Method:
    
    This weapon is really straight forward.  You start off near the southern 
    attack base.  Quickly take that base and then make your way along the 
    southern path.  Ignore Zhang Liao for now, as he is just a distraction.  
    Plus, he keeps coming back stronger anyways, so just leave him be until you 
    can focus more time on him.  Just keep following the road until you reach the 
    eastern attack base.  You can defeat Xiahou Dun’s sub general if you want, 
    but if you don’t think you will have enough time, you can ignore him.  Xiahou 
    Dun is pretty easy to defeat, so he shouldn’t give you any problems.  Once he 
    is defeated, quickly take the eastern attack base.  If you have done all of 
    this within 3 minutes, the weapon will appear.  Grab your weapon and then 
    head back and get rid of that pest Zhang Liao.  After that, wait for Cao Cao 
    to appear and the defeat him to complete the stage.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’59”51:  Southern attack base falls.
    1’09”91:  Yu Jin defeated.
    1’33”48:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    1’36”03:  Xiahou Dun defeated.
    1’41”13:  Eastern attack base falls.
    14’21”63:  Stage completed.
    
    
    --------
    Gan Ning
    --------
    
    Weapon:  Sea Master
    Base Attack:  38
    Weight:  Light
    Charge:  15
    Luck: 18
    Speed: 15
    Attack:  19
    Musou:  15
    
    Stage:  Battle of Ru Xu Kou, 217 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 4 minutes, defeat Cao Hong, Cao Zhen, and Cao Xiu and
       succeed in creating disorder in the central area.
    
    Location:  In the central area near Cao Xiu’s initial starting position.
    
    My Method:
    
    You start off in the center area.  The three generals you have to defeat in 
    order to cause disorder in the Wei army are Cao Ren’s sub generals.  They are 
    also conveniently located in the center area with you.  Your first goal 
    should be to take out the supply base that is in the area.  Once that is 
    down, the first general you should run into is Cao Hong.  Defeat him and then 
    make your way east.  Cao Zhen should be the second general you run into.  
    Once he is defeated, continue your destruction of the Cao family tree by 
    heading east to Cao Xiu.  Defeat Cao Xiu and that should finish Gan Ning’s 
    ambush.  Your weapon will be discovered once the message stating that you 
    were successful in creating disorder appears.  Grab your weapon, cause even 
    more disorder in Wei’s main camp, and then finish off the Wei army.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’37”56:  Supply base falls.
    1’14”06:  Cao Hong defeated.
    1’20”08:  The troops in the central Wei Army are in disorder.
    1’47”55:  Cao Zhen defeated.
    1’53”30:  The troops in the central Wei Army are in great disorder.
    2’21”38:  Cao Xiu defeated.
    2’48”90:  Gan Ning was successful in putting the Wei Forces in disorder.
    2’54”00:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    15’38”33:  Stage completed
    
    
    ---------
    Huang Gai
    ---------
    
    Weapon:  Dark Shadow
    Base Attack:  36
    Weight:  Medium
    Charge:  15
    Luck:  16
    Defense:  17
    Attack:  17
    Life:  15
    
    Stage:  Ou Xing’s Rebellion, 187 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 1 minute, enter Chang Sha Castle.
    
    Location:  Inside Chang Sha Castle at the northwest corner.
    
    My Method:
    
    Your goal is to make it to Chang Sha Castle without getting detected by the 
    guards within 1 minute.  If a guard spots you, they will close off the path 
    to Chang Sha Castle.  You will need to equip the Red Hare Saddle and a high 
    level Huang’s Bow before you start the stage.  This is because the last of 
    the three guards will not die to one hit from a normal arrow.  Also, you 
    pretty much have to kill everyone with one shot.  One minute is not a lot of 
    time.  Luckily, if you have Red Hare, everyone is set up perfectly for you to 
    dismount, shoot, and remount.  When the stage starts, run quickly around the 
    first bend.  The first guard is just around the second bend.  He should be at 
    the northern part of the path, but should be on his way running away from 
    you.  He will stop near the gate in this section.  Quickly go to the northern 
    part of the path, dismount, and snipe him with an arrow.  Once he is killed, 
    quickly mount your horse and slowly walk forward.  There should be another 
    guard that will pop up right in front of you.  He should be standing still, 
    but not for long.  Snipe him quickly and then remount your horse.  The last 
    guard should be near the next bend.  If you were quick enough, he should also 
    be standing still and waiting for an arrow.  Snipe him quickly and then mount 
    your horse.  Run to the entrance of Chang Sha Castle.  Dismount your horse 
    one last time and jump down into the castle.  If you were fast enough, your 
    weapon will appear.  Normally, a good rule of thumb is that if a guard isn’t 
    standing still and is already on the move, you probably weren’t fast enough.  
    They should all still be standing still when you reach them, making them easy 
    sniping targets.  Your weapon will appear inside the castle.  Grab it and 
    complete the stage.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’13”65:  Penetrate Chang Sha Castle through the passage.
    0’19”50:  Either run from the enemy guard or take them out with your bow.
    0’22”05:  Enemy guard troops approaching.
    0’24”86:  An enemy guard has been eliminated.
    0’32”66:  An enemy guard has been eliminated.
    0’39”51:  An enemy guard has been eliminated.
    1’02”85:  Open the castle gates from the inside.
    1’05”40:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    8’56”08:  Stage completed.
    
    
    ------
    Sun Ce
    ------
    
    Weapon:  Overlord
    Base Attack:  36
    Weight:  Medium
    Charge:  15
    Speed:  18
    Attack:  18
    Musou:  15
    Life:  15
    
    Stage:  The Two Qiaos, 196 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 5 minutes of the Beastmasters appearing, defeat Taishi
       Ci.
    
    Location:  Along the northwestern part of the wall in the central area.
    
    My Method:
    
    When the stage starts, go north.  You will quickly run into an area where a 
    lot of Beastmasters will appear.  Defeat them all as quickly as possible.  
    There are a total of 20 Beastmasters to defeat.  Once they are all defeated, 
    Taishi Ci will appear.  You should have about 2 minutes and 30 seconds left 
    to defeat him, which is plenty of time.  Taishi Ci is electrified, but he 
    should be easy to defeat using Sun Ce’s C5, which goes around most blocks and 
    fire juggles.  Once Taishi Ci has been defeated and you have done everything 
    quickly enough, your weapon will appear in the center area of the map.  Grab 
    your weapon, complete the rest of the trials, and win the hearts of the Two 
    Qiaos.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’13”60:  The North Gate has closed.
    0’20”81:  Beastmasters have appeared.
    2’09”41:  The Beastmasters have been defeated.
    2’17”18:  Taishi Ci has been asked by the Two Qiaos to join the trials.
    3’01”50:  Taishi Ci defeated.
    3’06”60:  Fourth weapons discovered.
    8’02”55:  Stage completed.
    
    
    -------
    Da Qiao
    -------
    
    Weapon:  Qiao Beauty
    Base Attack:  32
    Weight:  Heavy
    Luck:  18
    Defense:  15
    Attack:  16
    Musou:  19
    Life:  15
    
    Stage:  Husbands and Wives, 200 AD
    
    Requirements:  After Zhou Yu and Xiao Qiao become your enemy, defeat Zhou Yu
       and Xiao Qiao within 2 minutes and 30 seconds.
    
    Location:  Inside the southeastern castle, east of the western gate inside
       the castle.
    
    My Method:
    
    When the stage starts, you are allies with Zhou Yu and Xiao Qiao.  They will 
    not turn into your enemies just yet.  You will need to clear the first trial 
    before they do.  Make your way towards the southeastern castle, killing as 
    many enemies as possible to power up your husband.  Once inside the castle, 
    you will face off with phantom Zuo Cis.  Defeat all the Zuo Cis that appear 
    to clear the first trial.  Once the first trial has been cleared by both 
    couples, you will get a cut scene of Da Qiao and Xiao Qiao fighting.  After 
    the cut scene is over, Zhou Yu and Xiao Qiao will turn into enemies.  Defeat 
    them quickly, as you have 2 minutes from this point to defeat them both.  
    Once they are both defeated, your weapon will appear within the southeastern 
    castle.  Navigate the maze within the castle to get to your weapon.  Once you 
    have your weapon, finish up the next two trials, defeat the other two couples 
    on the stage, and prove that you are the greatest couple of the Three 
    Kingdoms Era.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’24”13:  Enemy troops have appeared.
    0’37”43:  Sun Ce and Zhou Yu have begun battle.
    1’03”98:  Enemy troops have appeared.
    1’44”96:  A Zuo Ci phantom has appeared and is hunting Da Qiao.
    1’47”51:  Da Qiao and Sun Ce have begun their first trial.
    2’01”00:  Da Qiao, Sun Ce, Xiao Qiao, and Zhou Yu have all begun the trials.
    2’03”55:  More of Zuo Ci’s phantoms have appeared.
    2’08”65:  Zuo Ci defeated.
    2’26”25:  Zuo Ci defeated.
    2’58”41:  Zuo Ci defeated.
    3’08”76:  First trial cleared.
    3’31”06:  A fight as started with Xiao Qiao and Zhou Yu.
    3’33”61:  Defeat Xiao Qiao and Zhou Yu.
    3’48”51:  Zhou Yu defeated.
    4’36”46:  Xiao Qiao and Zhou Yu fall back.
    4’39”01:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    4’41”56:  Xiao Qiao defeated.
    12’45”68:  Stage completed.
    
    
    ---------
    Xiao Qiao
    ---------
    
    Weapon:  Qiao Grace
    Base Attack:  32
    Weight:  Heavy
    Charge:  17
    Fill:  15
    Speed:  19
    Defense:  15
    Musou:  15
    
    Stage:  Husbands and Wives, 200 AD
    
    Requirements:  After Sun Ce and Da Qiao become your enemy, defeat Sun Ce and
       Da Qiao within 2 minutes and 30 seconds.
    
    Location:  Inside the southeastern castle, near the northwest corner of the 
    castle.
    
    My Method:
    
    When the stage starts, you are allies with Da Qiao and Sun Ce and they will 
    follow you around.  Head towards the southeastern castle with them, defeating 
    any enemies in the process.  Try to defeat as many enemies as possible to 
    power up Zhou Yu.  When you get inside the first castle, the trial will 
    begin.  Defeat all the Zuo Ci’s that appear.  This will allow you to pass the 
    first trial.  Once the first trial is completed, you will get a cut scene of 
    Xiao Qiao and Da Qiao fighting.  They look just so gosh darn cute when they 
    are mad, don’t they?  Either way, after the cut scene, Da Qiao and Sun Ce 
    will attack you.  Defeat them both to make your weapon appear.  After this, 
    defeat the other two couples, pass the other two trials, and obtain the seal 
    for your husband.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’28”78:  By Zuo Ci’s magic, enemy troops have appeared.
    0’42”03:  Sun Ce and Zhou Yu have begun battle.
    1’04”00:  By Zuo Ci’s magic, enemy troops have appeared.
    1’25”26:  50 KOs.
    1’36”86:  Zhou Yu has grown stronger.
    2’30”85:  A Zuo Ci phantom has appeared and is hunting Xiao Qiao.
    2’33”40:  Xiao Qiao and Zhou Yu have begun their first trial.
    2’51”68:  Da Qiao, Sun Ce, Xiao Qiao, and Zhou Yu have all begun the trials.
    2’54”23:  More of Zuo Ci’s phantoms have appeared.
    2’59”33:  Zuo Ci defeated.
    3’26”88:  Zuo Ci defeated.
    3’30”80:  Zuo Ci defeated.
    3’43”70:  First trial cleared.
    4’01”93:  A fight has started with Da Qiao and Sun Ce.
    4’04”48:  Defeat Da Qiao and Sun Ce.
    4’09”58:  100 KOs.
    4’19”88:  Zhou Yu has grown stronger.
    4’30”30:  Sun Ce defeated.
    4’53”86:  Da Qiao defeated.
    5’00”61:  Da Qiao and Sun Ce fall back.
    5’03”16:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    14’40”48:  Stage completed.
    
    
    --------
    Zhou Tai
    --------
    
    Weapon:  Dusk
    Base Attack:  36
    Weight:  Medium
    Fill:  16
    Speed:  15
    Attack:  17
    Musou:  18
    Life:  15
    
    Stage:  Battle of Ru Xu Kou, 217 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, capture the western attack base, defeat Xu
       Huang, and get 250 KOs.
    
    Location:  South of the supply base that is east of the Wei main camp.
    
    My Method:
    
    As soon as the stage starts, head north towards the western attack base.  
    Quickly take it and defeat any enemies in the area.  Once that is done with, 
    continue to head north to Xu Huang and his sub general, Li Dian.  Defeat them 
    both along with any enemies that are in the area.  Then, make your way 
    towards the center.  Your goal is to now clear the central area of all of 
    your allies so that the soldiers pouring out of the gates in this area focus 
    on you instead of your allies.  You do this by defeating any of Cao Ren’s sub 
    generals that are still in the area.  Once this is done, Gan Ning will leave 
    the center.  Now, just stick by the northern gate in the central area and 
    kill all enemy soldiers coming out of the gate.  Xiahou Dun should arrive in 
    the area also, but he will bring more soldiers with him, which is a good 
    thing.  Defeat him and his soldiers and then focus on getting 250 KOs.  When 
    you have done so, your weapon will appear.  Grab your weapon and then 
    complete the stage. 
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’12”13:  Wu Forces have captured the western attack base.
    0’23”85:  Western attack base falls.
    0’34”05:  Cao Hong defeated by Gan Ning.
    0’53”01:  Li Dian defeated.
    1’03”65:  50 KOs.
    1’34”68:  Xu Huang defeated.
    2’29”06:  Cao Zhen defeated.
    2’40”40:  100 KOs.
    3’09”90:  Cao Xiu defeated.
    3’35”60:  The other Wei armies are moving toward the central Wei Army.
    4’01”10:  A Wu Ship has arrived.
    4’11”25:  150 KOs.
    4’24”40:  Xiahou Dun defeated.
    4’35”88:  200 KOs.
    4’50”53:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    4’53”08:  250 KOs.
    11’57”95:  Stage completed.
    
    
    ---------
    Ling Tong
    ---------
    
    Weapon:  Dragon Fury
    Base Attack:  36
    Weight:  Medium
    Charge:  16
    Luck:  16
    Speed:  19
    Attack:  17
    Life:  15
    
    Stage:  Battle of Ru Xu Kou, 217 AD
    
    Requirements:  After receiving the order to clear the central area, defeat Xu
       Huang and Xiahou Dun and capture the central area within 2 minutes.
    
    Location:  At the central area of the map, south of the attack base that is
       in the northern part of the area.
    
    My Method:
    
    To get the order to clear out the central area, both Xu Huang and Xiahou Dun 
    must be in the center.  This means you should not defeat them before the 
    order has been given.  In order to pass some time, just beat up on Zhang 
    Liao.  First, take out the western attack base.  Once you have done that, 
    head towards Zhang Liao.  Take the southern attack base and then defeat Zhang 
    Liao.  Wait for Zhang Liao to appear a second time and fight him again.  
    Either during or after the fight, depending on how fast you are at killing 
    generals, Gan Ning will have cleared out most of the central area, which will 
    cause the soldiers there to call out for reinforcements.  Both Xiahou Dun and 
    Xu Huang will answer the call for reinforcements.  At this time you should 
    make your way towards the center, as this will cause Lu Meng to order an 
    attack on the central area.  When the message appears across the screen for 
    you to take the central area, defeat both Xiahou Dun and Xu Huang.  Xiahou 
    Dun should be the closest, so defeat him first and then move on to Xu Huang.  
    Make sure to defeat the both of them after the message appears, as defeating 
    them too quickly might make the weapon not appear.  The weapon will appear if 
    you defeated the two target generals fast enough and after Lu Meng says the 
    center has been captured and orders the next attack.  Once your weapon 
    appears, grab it and then continue the stage, defeating Zhang Liao one last 
    time, as he will run through your main camp if unchecked.  When Cao Cao 
    appears, defeat him to complete the stage.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’26”71:  Western attack base falls.
    1’00”68:  Southern attack base falls.
    1’17”63:  Zhang Liao defeated.
    1’27”13:  Zhang Liao is pulling back.
    2’32”31:  Zhang Liao has arrived.
    3’41”33:  Gan Ning was successful in putting the Wei Forces in disorder.
    3’55”91:  The other Wei armies are moving toward the central Wei Army.
    3’58”46:  Zhang Liao defeated.
    4’04”70:  Zhang Liao is pulling back.
    4’18”53:  Xiahou Dun’s unit has halted its advance.
    4’34”96:  Yu Jin defeated.
    4’37”51:  Capture the area where the central Wei Army is positioned.
    4’58”38:  Xiahou Dun defeated.
    5’12”65:  Zhang Liao has arrived.
    5’40”31:  Li Dian defeated.
    5’51”03:  Xu Huang defeated.
    6’02”46:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    6’05”01:  Central Wei Army’s position captured.
    
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  10d. Other Fourth Weapons
      5XLFWOTH        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    ---------
    Diao Chan
    ---------
    
    Weapon:  Diva
    Base Attack:  32
    Weight:  Heavy
    Fill:  18
    Luck:  18
    Speed:  19
    Defense:  16
    Musou:  18
    
    Stage:  Battle of Yan Province, 194 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 1 minute of their arrivals, defeat Cao Hong and Xiahou
       Yuan.
    
    Location:  North of the North Gate of Pu Yang Castle.
    
    My Method:
    
    Cao Hong will arrive after Lu Bu crosses the bridge in between the two middle 
    attack bases.  Xiahou Yuan will arrive with Cao Cao, which happens 10 minutes 
    into the battle.  When the stage starts off, capture the attack base just 
    south of you.  This will help Lu Bu move south faster.  Just capture one 
    attack base, as you don’t want Lu Bu arriving at Pu Yang Castle too quickly.  
    Just hang out at the northern part of the map, waiting for Cao Hong to 
    arrive.  When Cao Hong arrives, ignore his two sub generals and just take him 
    out.  One minute is not very long to kill a general, especially with Diao 
    Chan.  Just focus on Cao Hong and if you want, you can defeat his sub 
    generals after he is defeated.  Once Cao Hong is defeated, just wait for Cao 
    Cao and Xiahou Yuan to arrive.  Xiahou Yuan will arrive in between the 
    eastern and central attack bases, so you should wait there for the enemy 
    reinforcements to arrive.  You do not want to do much else on this stage, as 
    the stage ends when Pu Yang Castle is taken.  Your allies can take the castle 
    and will do so if you allow them access to the castle too quickly.  So you 
    will just want to wait for the enemy reinforcements to arrive and kill off 
    enemy generals slowly instead of quickly running through them.  Once Xiahou 
    Yuan arrives, kill him quickly.  Your fourth weapon will then appear.  Now, 
    defeat the rest of Cao Cao’s generals and capture the castle.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’18”66:  Attack base falls.
    4’11”26:  Enemy ambush troops have appeared behind Lu Bu’s Forces.
    4’56”35:  Cao Hong defeated.
    5’06”51:  Cao Xiu defeated.
    5’34”91:  Xiahou En defeated.
    6’35”86:  Zhu Ling defeated.
    6’48”83:  The North Gate has been surrounded.
    8’47”86:  Yue Jin defeated.
    9’40”13:  The East Gate has been surrounded.
    10’04”61:  Cao Cao’s main unit has arrived.
    10’31”86:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    10’52”18:  Xiahou Yuan defeated.
    16’49”70:  Stage completed.
    
    
    -----
    Lu Bu
    -----
    
    Weapon:  Sky Scorcher
    Base Attack:  40
    Weight:  Medium
    Horse:  20
    Defense:  20
    Attack:  20
    Musou:  19
    Life:  19
    
    Stage:  Battle of Yan Province, 194 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 15 minutes, defeat all main generals except Cao Cao.
    
    Location:  North of the northern attack base, close to where Cao Cao arrives.
    
    My Method:
    
    The main problem on this stage is allowing Cao Cao with his reinforcements to 
    show up.  That is because your allies can take Pu Yang Castle before they can 
    arrive.  However, you need to personally defeat all the generals, so you 
    cannot wait around for Cao Cao to arrive.  In order to keep Xun Yu alive for 
    ten minutes, you will need to baby sit him.  When the stage starts, head 
    south and take both attack bases and defeat Zhu Ling.  Cao Hong will arrive 
    behind you, so head back north and defeat him and his two sub generals, 
    Xiahou En and Cao Xiu.  Now, you want to head back south and start taking 
    gates.  Defeat Man Chong first, as he is normally the first one that your 
    allies defeat.  After that, defeat Yue Jin, who is near the East Gate.  
    Afterwards, I normally defeat Li Dian’s sub general, Yu Jin, to waste a 
    little time before I defeat Li Dian.  Either way, once all three gates have 
    been surrounded, Pu Yang Castle will open.  Now, what you will want to do is 
    stick near Xun Yu while not standing close to him.  This will allow you to 
    watch over him to keep him from dying too quickly, but it also keeps him away 
    from you while you wait for Cao Cao to arrive.  When Cao Cao arrives, the 
    conditions for victory change, so you can now kill off Xun Yu.  After you get 
    Pu Yang Castle, defeat the three main generals Cao Cao bring.  They are 
    Xiahou Yuan, Cao Ren, and Xiahou Dun.  Once they are all defeated, your 
    weapon will appear.  After this, head north and defeat Cao Cao to complete 
    the stage.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’52”03:  Zhu Ling defeated.
    1’57”16:  Xiahou En defeated.
    2’07”36:  Cao Xiu defeated.
    2’19”80:  Cao Hong defeated.
    3’41”61:  The North Gate has been surrounded.
    3’55”45:  Yue Jin defeated.
    4’59”96:  Yu Jin defeated.
    5’23”71:  The East Gate has been surrounded.
    6’00”73:  Li Dian defeated.
    6’39”28:  The West Gate has been surrounded.
    6’49”01:  All of Pu Yang Castle’s Gates have opened.
    10’04”61:  Cao Cao’s main unit has arrived.
    10’09”71:  Capture Pu Yang Castle and defeat Cao Cao.
    10’40”13:  Pu Yang Castle has been captured.
    10’48”78:  Xun Yu defeated.
    11’31”48:  Xiahou Yuan defeated.
    11’45”65:  Cao Ren defeated.
    12’25”58:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    12’28”13:  Xiahou Dun defeated.
    14’45”33:  Stage completed.
    
    
    ---------
    Dong Zhuo
    ---------
    
    Weapon:  Horror
    Base Attack:  36
    Weight:  Medium
    Luck:  17
    Horse:  17
    Defense:  15
    Attack:  18
    Life:  15
    
    Stage:  The Ten Eunuchs’ Rebellion, 189 AD
    
    Requirements:  Before Zhang Rang arrives, defeat 6 eunuchs.
    
    Location:  Northwest corner of the map.
    
    My Method:
    
    When the stage starts, go north.  Your first target should be Cheng Kuang.  
    Defeat him quickly and move on to the next victim, who should be Xia Yun.  
    Defeat him and make your way towards He Jin.  The other Eunuchs should be in 
    this area, so defeat as many of them as possible.  You don’t have to save He 
    Jin.  It’s best to not focus on Cao Jie, Duan Gui, and Hou Lan, as they come 
    back later in the stage and do not count towards your Eunuch kill count at 
    this moment.  Just focus on Zhao Zhong, Feng Xu, and Guo Sheng.  Try to 
    defeat at least one of those, if not all three.  If you do manage to save He 
    Jin, there will be a valuable item report.  This is not your weapon.  This is 
    the Bodyguard Manual.  Once either He Jin is defeated or the three fake 
    Eunuchs are defeated, carriages will appear at the east, north, and west 
    gates.  Also, if He Jin was defeated, the Emperor’s carriage will appear at 
    the south gate.  Now, you must destroy the Eunuch’s carriages and then defeat 
    the fake Eunuchs, who are Cao Jie, Duan Gui, and Hou Lan.  If the Emperor’s 
    carriage arrived on the stage, then you must save the carriage from bandits, 
    so keep an eye out for that.  Once you have defeated enough Eunuchs, your 
    weapon will appear.  Grab your weapon, finish off the rest of the Eunuchs, 
    and defeat Zhang Rang at the end to complete the stage.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’32”95:  Cheng Kuang defeated.
    0’38”05:  Xia Yun defeated.
    0’45”70:  The fake Ten Eunuchs are attacking He Jin.
    0’48”25:  Zhao Zhong defeated.
    0’53”35:  Feng Xu defeated.
    1’01”00:  Cao Jie defeated.
    1’03”55:  Hou Lan defeated.
    1’08”65:  Duan Gui defeated.
    1’16”30:  Guo Sheng defeated.
    2’17”76:  Hou Lan defeated.
    3’06”70:  Duan Gui defeated.
    3’11”81:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    4’41”70:  Stage completed.
    
    
    ---------
    Yuan Shao
    ---------
    
    Weapon:  Sword of Kings
    Base Attack:  34
    Weight:  Medium
    Fill:  15
    Horse:  15
    Bow:  15
    Defense:  18
    Musou:  17
    
    Stage:  The Ten Eunuchs’ Rebellion, 189 AD
    
    Requirements:  Before Zhang Rang arrives, defeat 6 eunuchs.
    
    Location:  In between the southern gate and the southwest corner of the map.
    
    My Method:
    
    When the stage starts, go west.  Your first target should be Jian Shou.  
    Defeat him quickly and move on to the next victim, who should be Guo Sheng.  
    Defeat him and make your way towards He Jin.  The other Eunuchs should be in 
    this area, so defeat as many of them as possible.  You don’t have to save He 
    Jin.  It’s best to not focus on Cao Jie, Duan Gui, and Hou Lan, as they come 
    back later in the stage and do not count towards your Eunuch kill count at 
    this moment.  Just focus on Zhao Zhong, Feng Xu, and Xia Yun.  Try to defeat 
    at least one of those, if not all three.  If you do manage to save He Jin, 
    there will be a valuable item report.  This is not your weapon.  This is the 
    Bodyguard Manual.  Once either He Jin is defeated or the three fake Eunuchs 
    are defeated, carriages will appear at the east, north, and west gates.  
    Also, if He Jin was defeated, the Emperor’s carriage will appear at the south 
    gate.  Now, you must destroy the Eunuch’s carriages and then defeat the fake 
    Eunuchs, who are Cao Jie, Duan Gui, and Hou Lan.  If the Emperor’s carriage 
    arrived on the stage, then you must save the carriage from bandits, so keep 
    an eye out for that.  Once you have defeated enough Eunuchs, your weapon will 
    appear.  Grab your weapon, finish off the rest of the Eunuchs, and defeat 
    Zhang Rang at the end to complete the stage.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’33”00:  Jian Shou defeated.
    0’38”10:  Guo Sheng defeated.
    0’42”55:  The fake Ten Eunuchs are attacking He Jin.
    0’53”78:  Feng Xu defeated.
    1’01”43:  Hou Lan defeated.
    1’03”98:  Duan Gui defeated.
    1’06”53:  Xia Yun defeated.
    1’11”63:  Cao Jie defeated.
    1’19”28:  Zhao Zhong defeated.
    2’21”86:  Hou Lan defeated.
    2’29”51:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    5’30”20:  Stage completed.
    
    
    ----------
    Zhang Jiao
    ----------
    
    Weapon:  Volcano Staff
    Base Attack:  32
    Weight:  Light
    Charge:  16
    Fill:  9
    Luck:  15
    Attack:  15
    Musou:  17
    
    Stage:  Struggle for the Book, 183 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, defeat the phantoms of Cao Cao, Sun Jian,
       and Liu Bei.
    
    Location:  Along the western wall of the inner most part of the castle.
    
    My Method:
    
    When the stage starts, defeat all the enemy soldiers in the southern part of 
    the map.  There are 40 of them.  Once they are all defeated, make your way 
    north.  You do not have to defeat the soldiers in this section.  Just make 
    your way to the gate.  When the phantom Master Lao appears, defeat him as 
    quickly as possible.  This will open up the gate.  When you are inside the 
    castle, Master Lao will summon phantoms of Sun Jian, Cao Cao, and Liu Bei.  
    The fastest order, I’ve found, is to defeat Sun Jian first, then Cao Cao, and 
    then finally Liu Bei.  Also, you may want to take out the elephant soldiers 
    before you start to fight these three, as each one has an elephant near them 
    than can cause problems and provide more of a delay.  Also, make sure you 
    keep an eye on your health, as you fight two of them in the poison swamps.  
    There is a full recover in a pot near Cao Cao, so use it to your advantage.  
    Once the three phantoms are defeated, your weapon will appear at the inner 
    part of the castle.  Make your way to the inner part of the castle, grab your 
    weapon, and pass Master Lao’s final trial to complete the stage.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’45”03:  Zhang Jiao has defeated the enemy troops in the south.
    1’21”56:  A phantom of Master Lao has appeared.
    1’54”78:  The outer South Gate has opened.
    2’02”80:  Zhang Jiao has entered the castle.
    2’21”55:  Phantoms of Liu Bei, Cao Cao, and Sun Jian have appeared.
    3’00”75:  Sun Jian defeated.
    3’55”10:  Cao Cao defeated.
    4’19”51:  Liu Bei defeated.
    4’22”06:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    9’00”53:  Stage completed.
    
    
    --------
    Meng Huo
    --------
    
    Weapon:  King of Beasts
    Base Attack:  36
    Weight:  Light
    Charge:  15
    Fill:  15
    Horse:  15
    Attack:  18
    Life:  19
    
    Stage:  Showdown at Nan Zhong, 235 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 12 minutes, defeat Cao Ren, Xu Zhu, Xu Huang, Sun Li,
       Xiahou Ba, Xiahou Wei, Wen Pin, and Cao Zhen.
    
    Location:  Along the path towards the northeastern area, right before the
       hill leading towards the Wei Main Camp.
    
    My Method:
    
    When the stage starts, make your way towards the central area.  There, Sun Li 
    and Xu Zhu will be there.  Defeat them both and then capture the attack base.  
    Once the central area is captured, make your way north towards Jia Kui and 
    Xiahou Ba.  Jia Kui will bring Destroyers with him, but don’t worry about 
    them for now.  Defeat Jia Kui and Xiahou Ba.  Your Juggernauts should appear 
    by now, but they will also get ambushed.  Defeat Man Chong, who is leading 
    the ambush unit, and save your Juggernauts.  Defeat any leftover Destroyers 
    and then make your way to Xu Huang.  This will cause battering rams to 
    destroy the central wall and cause Cao Zhen to appear on the stage.  Defeat 
    Cao Zhen and Xu Huang and then make your way towards the south.  Xiahou Wei 
    and Wen Pin should be trying to attack your main camp by now, so head down 
    there and defeat them.  You will also want to clear out anyone that may be 
    around your main camp.  By this time, Cao Ren should have arrives.  He 
    appears on the map after 10 minutes have passed, so head towards him and 
    defeat him.  If you were quick enough, your weapon will appear.  Now, grab 
    your weapon and defeat Sima Yi to end the stage.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’45”65:  Xin Pi defeated.
    1’56”95:  Wei reinforcements have arrived.
    2’12”10:  Jia Kui’s unit has appeared along with Wei Destroyers.
    2’14”65:  Xu Zhu defeated.
    3’00”08:  Sun Li defeated.
    3’05”18:  Successfully captured the central area.
    4’02”00:  Jia Kui defeated.
    4’07”10:  Central attack base falls
    4’15”26:  Xiahou Hui defeated.
    4’31”13:  Xiahou Ba defeated.
    5’16”20:  Man Chong defeated.
    6’25”61:  Xiahou Shang defeated.
    6’28”16:  Xu Huang defeated.
    7’02”96:  Cao Zhen’s unit has appeared.
    8’14”41:  Cao Zhang defeated.
    8’19”51:  Cao Hong defeated.
    8’42”61:  Cao Zhen defeated.
    9’33”06:  Wen Pin defeated.
    9’51”21:  Xiahou Wei defeated.
    10’04”71:  Cao Ren’s unit has arrived.
    11’36”55:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    11’39”10:  Cao Ren defeated.
    13’35”35:  Stage completed.
    
    
    --------
    Zhu Rong
    --------
    
    Weapon:  Inferno
    Base Attack:  34
    Weight:  Medium
    Charge:  16
    Fill:  17
    Bow:  15
    Defense:  15
    Musou:  18
    
    Stage:  Showdown at Nan Zhong, 235 AD
    
    Requirements:  After capturing the central area, defeat Xiahou Ba, Xiahou
       Wei, Wen Pin, and Jia Kui within 5 minutes.
    
    Location:  North of the central attack base.
    
    My Method:
    
    As soon as the stage starts, head towards the central area.  Clear the area 
    out of all the enemy generals and then take the central attack base.  From 
    this point, you have five minutes to kill off the target generals.  You 
    should head north next to where Xiahou Ban ad Jia Kui are at.  There will be 
    Wei Destroyers in the area.  You don’t have to defeat the weapons, but you 
    can if you want.  They can get annoying as you are focusing on defeating the 
    two generals in this area.  Once they are defeated, head south by the way of 
    the central area.  You do not want to get close to Xu Huang, as he will 
    destroy the big wall and allow his troops to charge the center.  You do not 
    want this, as this is just another headache to deal with.  Head south to 
    where the other Wei generals are at.  Defeat Xiahou Wei and Wen Pin, who are 
    in this area, and your weapon will appear, if you have done all of this 
    within the time frame.  Now, grab your weapon, allow King Mulu to destroy the 
    central wall, and then defeat Xu Huang and Sima Yi to complete the stage.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’45”56:  Xin Pi defeated.
    1’22”11:  Jia Kui’s unit has appeared along with Wei Destroyers.
    1’39”33:  Sun Li defeated.
    2’05”41:  Xu Zhu defeated.
    2’19”68:  Successfully captured the central area.
    3’36”73:  Central attack base falls.
    3’49”78:  Jia Kui defeated.
    4’13”15:  Xiahou Hui defeated.
    4’15”70:  Xiahou Ba defeated.
    4’36”20:  The Nanman beast units have been rescued.
    5’03”28:  Man Chong defeated.
    6’04”83:  Xiahou He defeated.
    6’39”08:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    6’41”63:  Wen Pin defeated.
    6’46”73:  Xiahou Wei defeated.
    11’00”83:  Stage completed.
    
    
    ------
    Zuo Ci
    ------
    
    Weapon:  Trump Deck
    Base Attack:  40
    Weight:  Medium
    Charge:  15
    Fill:  20
    Bow:  15
    Defense:  15
    Musou:  20
    
    Stage:  Struggle for the Book, 183 AD
    
    Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, get 300 KOs.
    
    Location:  Along the eastern wall of the inner most part of the castle.
    
    My Method:
    
    Before you start the stage, you will want to equip the Art of War item.  
    There are a lot of stat boosting items that are dropped on this map, 
    especially the Attack x 2 axes.  The problem with this map is that there 
    aren’t as many easy to kill soldiers grouped together.  There are a lot of 
    Mystic Warriors, Stone Warriors, and elephant soldiers on the map that will 
    prevent you from killing enemies quickly.  The Art of War will allow you to 
    kill these soldiers faster than normal.  This will help immensely when 
    killing soldiers.  When the stage starts, defeat all enemies in the 
    southeastern area of the map.  Make your way north and clear out this area as 
    well.  Instead of going north, you will want to go west towards the central 
    area.  This will avoid the wind tunnel area, which causes you to lose time.  
    Also, it allows you to get more easy kills on easy enemies.  In the central 
    area, there are Mystic Warriors here.  You don’t have to avoid them, but 
    don’t focus on killing them, as they have a lot more defense and a lot more 
    health then the regular soldiers.  Make your way towards the castle gate and 
    defeat the phantom Master Lao that has been summoned.  Once the southern 
    castle gate has opened, run inside the castle.  Make your way towards the 
    eastern part of the castle, killing any easy troops you can from your horse.  
    Easy to kill troops would include archers, bombers, bandits, and regular 
    soldiers.  Don’t waste any time on Stone Warriors, as they take too long to 
    defeat.  Here, a phantom Sun Jian will be waiting for you.  Defeat him 
    quickly, along with any easy to kill troops in the area, and then make your 
    way towards the phantom Cao Cao next (I defeated Cao Cao first, but it would 
    probably be faster to defeat Sun Jian first).  After Cao Cao is defeated and 
    the area is cleared of any easy to kill troops, make your way towards the 
    eastern gate.  Phantom Liu Bei will be here waiting for you to kill him.  
    Once he is defeated, the inner part of the castle will open.  By this time, 
    you should have over 250 kills.  If you don’t, then you probably won’t get 
    very many kills at the inner area of the castle, considering the fact that 
    you will be trailed by as many as four phantom generals.  Try to search 
    around for easy kills.  You may want to head outside of the castle if your 
    kill count is still really low.  Either way, you should be able to get 300 
    kills by the time you reach the next gate.  When you have 300 KOs and you 
    have done so within 5 minutes, your weapon will appear.  Defeat all the 
    phantom generals summoned by Master Lao, grab your weapon, and then proceed 
    to defeat the phantom Lu Bu to complete the stage.
    
    Time Log:
    
    0’21”41:  Zuo Ci has defeated the enemy troops in the southeast.
    0’37”18:  50 KOs.
    0’50”43:  Zuo Ci has defeated the enemy troops in the east.
    0’56”30:  The Gate to the Eastern Passage has opened.
    1’16”86:  100 KOs.
    1’32”18:  Master Lao’s magic has created phantoms to attack Zuo Ci.
    1’48”25:  A phantom of Master Lao has appeared.
    1’55”90:  The outer South Gate has opened.
    2’25”46:  Phantoms of Liu Bei, Cao Cao, and Sun Jian have appeared.
    3’01”23:  Cao Cao defeated.
    3’07”55:  Sun Jian defeated.
    3’10”10:  200 KOs.
    3’52”31:  250 KOs.
    3’59”96:  Liu Bei defeated.
    4’06”60:  The Inner East and West Gates have opened.
    4’18”40:  Master Lao’s magic has created a phantom Pang Tong and Zhang Jiao.
    4’23”50:  300 KOs.
    4’28”71:  Fourth weapon discovered.
    7’35”33:  Stage completed.
    
    
    ---------------
    Edit Characters
    ---------------
    
    Weapon:  Fu Xi’s Sword
    Base Attack:  38
    Weight:  Medium
    Charge:  16
    Fill:  16
    Defense:  16
    Attack:  16
    Life:  17
    
    Weapon:  Nu Wa’s Rapier
    Base Attack:  34
    Weight:  Medium
    Charge:  15
    Fill:  19
    Bow:  16
    Speed:  15
    Attack:  19
    
    Stage:  Any
    
    Requirements:  Get 1000 KOs
    
    Location:  You automatically receive it when you have reached 1000 KOs.
    
    My Method:
    
    The best stage to get 1000 KOs on, in my opinion, is the Battle of Mai 
    Castle, 219 AD.  This stage has a lot of enemies on there, so you should be 
    able to get 1000 KOs here without problems.  The fact that there is a new 
    item that requires you to get 1000 KOs on this stage in order to get the item 
    should indicate that getting 1000 KOs here isn’t a rare feat.  Just follow 
    the stage as normal, defeating as many enemies as you move through the level.  
    You should leave the southwest checkpoint and unoccupied.  Once there is only 
    Lu Meng or Cao Ren on the stage that is left, head to that checkpoint and 
    kill enemies that come from there.  You should be able to lure the Guard 
    Captain out a good ways.  Hopefully, when he leaves the checkpoint, he will 
    get distracted by your allies and not go anywhere near the checkpoint, which 
    will allow you to stand there and defeat anyone who dares come through that 
    gate.  Once you have 1000 KOs, you will automatically receive the weapon.  
    After that, defeat whichever general is still left to complete the stage.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  11. FAQs
      5XLFREQU        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    I will post all questions I get a lot of in this section.  There is only one 
    FAQ right now, but I’m sure there will be plenty more in the future.
    
    
    Q.  I own a cheat website named www.randomcheatsiteonlyvisitedbytwopeople.com
       and I was wondering can I put your guide on my site?
    
    A.  Okay, this FAQ is going up right now.  The answer will be no 99 times out
       of 100.  GameFAQs right now is the only place that this guide will be
       allowed.  No, I don’t care how many visitors your site gets.  No, I don’t
       want your super duper ultra mega membership package.  I only have the time
       to keep up with one website, not 200.  While I do want to help as many
       people as possible, I’ve been to other FAQ websites.  None of them can
       come even close to the presentation and the professionalism that GameFAQs
       has.  None.  And no, I don’t care to visit your website either.  If you
       send me an e-mail asking if I would like to put my guide on your website,
       I will most likely respond with 3 characters:  No.
    
       Sorry to sound harsh, but that’s the fact.  If I wanted to put my guide on
       your website, I would have asked you to post it.  Makes sense, doesn’t it?
    
    
    Q.  How do I get my created character’s fourth weapon?
    
    A.  No matter which weapon you are using, you get your created character’s
       fourth weapon by getting 1000 KOs on any stage.  Even if you are using
       another playable character’s move set, you can only get the fourth weapon
       of a created character by getting 1000 KOs on a stage.
    
    
    Q.  Do I have to be on Hard difficulty to get a fourth weapon?
    
    A.  Yes.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  12. Special Thanks
      5XLTHANK        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    
    A special thanks goes out to all these people:
    
    
    KOEI:  For making the franchise.  Even though DW5:XL isn’t exactly the best
       game in the series, the franchise is still one of my favorites.
    
    Muni Shinobu:  For his Geocities guide that I always go to first for
       information
    
    Cheng:  For his informative Topic FAQ
    
    the_next_Sun:  For fixes on methods for the Red Hare Saddle and the Ice Orb
    
    
    And finally, I would like to say a special thank you to all the readers of 
    this guide out there.  I hope this guide provided you with much help in this 
    game.
    
    
                    #######
    ---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
      DW5:XL            #
      FAQ/Walkthrough  #  13. Contact Information and Legal Stuffies
      5XLLEGAL        #
    -----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                    #######
    
    If you find any mistakes or see any information that may be wrong or missing 
    or have any good information, contact me at rampidzier@yahoo.com.  I retain 
    all rights to post anything in your e-mail on my FAQ and will give you credit 
    if I do.  I will only give credit to the first person who sends me something.
    
    Hate mail will not be responded to (unless I want to make fun of you) and if 
    you hate my FAQ, don’t read it.  There are plenty of other FAQs to use and 
    plenty of better ways to use up your time and mine.  I will try to respond to 
    all e-mails I get, but if I don’t, don’t think I’m ignoring you.  My job 
    keeps my free time to a bare minimum and that time is used on making FAQs or 
    my side project that is about to come to fruition.
    
    This FAQ may only be used on GameFAQs (www.gamefaqs.com).  If you see any 
    other site using my FAQ, please let me know so I can power trip on them.
    
    Copyright 2006 by Robert Dohner.  This document may not be redistributed in 
    any form unless you have obtained permission from the creator (namely, me).
    

    FAQ Display Options: Printable Version